ML092850024: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (StriderTol Bot change) |
||
(5 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) | |||
Line 2: | Line 2: | ||
| number = ML092850024 | | number = ML092850024 | ||
| issue date = 10/10/2009 | | issue date = 10/10/2009 | ||
| title = | | title = Initial Exam 2009-301 Final Sim/In-Plant JPMs | ||
| author name = | | author name = | ||
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II | | author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II | ||
Line 16: | Line 16: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter: | {{#Wiki_filter:().. / | ||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0368 CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL APPROVAL: | * V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0368 CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE: | ||
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE: | |||
EXAMINER: | EXAMINER: | ||
THIS JPM IS APPROVED | THIS JPM IS APPROVED | ||
* | * IIJollday* .lillie 12. 2009 Pllge lof7 | ||
* TASK: | |||
000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD: | |||
RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical. Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
TE~"lINA TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm. | |||
* .lillie 12. 2009 | PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | ||
* TASK: 000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD: | |||
RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical. | |||
Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications 000001A101 AA1.01 Bank select switch | AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications | ||
* 000001A101 000001A102 TOOLS: | |||
... ---.---------- | AA1.01 AA1.02 AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 Bank select switch Rod in-out-hold switch 3.5 3.6 3.2 3.4 EVALUATION TIME 15 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START: TIME FINISII: PERFORMANCE TIME: | ||
-- | PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT: | ||
SIGNATURE DATE .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7 * * | EXAMINER: ~-.-----".- ...---.---------- -- | ||
* | / | ||
-~-------- | |||
Tavg is | SIGNATURE DATE | ||
* .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7 | |||
* READ TO OPERA TOR: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic. | |||
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. | |||
HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE! | |||
* MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009 P(/gelof7 | |||
* STEPS CUES: | |||
I NOTE: | |||
_ _ _AOP-403.3 STEP: | |||
Immediate ________________________ J Action. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify rod motion is NOT required: Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of | |||
- Tavg is within 1SF of Tref. Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim. | |||
AND | |||
- No load rejection has occurred (C7A OR C7B). | |||
COMMENTS: SAT _ __ _ _ | |||
UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
1------------------------------------. | |||
I NOTE: | |||
_ _ _AOP-403.3 Immediate ________________________ J Action. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in Operator locates and positions Rod MAN. Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
1------------------------------------. | |||
IN_OLE;,. A_O':.-4.9 3J L !rl m e,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify rod motion is stopped. Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009 Page 5 of7 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Stabilize Main Turbine load. Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
.------------------------------------~ | |||
:EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your I procedures. " | |||
.------------------------------------~ | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within Operator locates and positions Control 1.0°F of Tref. Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0°F. | |||
* COMMENTS: | |||
Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
SAT _ | |||
UNSAT | |||
* MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009 Page 6 of7 | |||
* JPM NO: JPS-036B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL ICSET: 12 INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
: 1. RUN | |||
: 2. When student is ready, activate: | |||
MAL-CRF006A SEVERITY =72 Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion) | |||
BST-RC040 ACTUATED Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable) | |||
CVC016A SET =50 Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto) | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
* Monday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 70f7 | |||
* JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic. | |||
INITIA TING CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
Jfollday* .lillie 11. 1009 | |||
** SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO._ _ __ | |||
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2 | |||
.. SAFETY ~ELATED DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A- P sh~ | |||
sl~~ | |||
** CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required . | |||
Read Each Step Prior to Performing. | |||
~ SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM - A CHANGEF L DATE: 3118/96 PROC.# AOP-403.3 REV. # _2__ OiG.~ COMM. # _ __ | |||
TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC __ OiANGE X PERMANENT ~ SAFETY RELATED x REVISION __ RESTRICTED ___ FROM _ _ _ _ _ TO QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED _ _ | |||
L DE~: Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light. | |||
REASON FOR CHANGE: | |||
MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light. | |||
onglnator IL WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU: | |||
* YES NO N/A | |||
: 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw) | |||
: 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment? --*- | |||
: 3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? -- --*- | |||
: 4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity. Safeguards Contingency - - | |||
or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __ | |||
* If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _ | |||
REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT: | |||
() OPS () NL&OE 0 CHS | |||
..... '"YES-, m.rto.~ section ofpl'OaldU"forcliredio~n. | |||
() GMNPO l..£: I!. | |||
tif1:. | |||
ofpl'OaldU"forcliNdio~n. | |||
f | |||
() MNTS () PM 0 HPS J1GMESJlGMES ~ iSine Supel'VlSor O.te b.te | |||
;::.i2'QA | |||
. (roC | |||
() NPS | |||
()TS | |||
() MNT 0 DE | |||
) GMNSS QRC 0,--,) | |||
L:)...c. ** * | |||
:rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S ~ "~ ",/ ~ | |||
A' IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY EVALUAnoN | |||
~REQUIRED EVALUAnoN;:::~ / | |||
( y~ ~ | |||
f" r | |||
~ REQUIRED 0 EXEMPT II ~ PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT: MRF 22769C | |||
." '-,/::i!D~)~6a""'p::::li-ne-s~upervtS---'::'-or':"co--ncurre::::::'-nce-- | |||
COMM. # __ | |||
___ FROM | |||
* YES 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw) 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment? | |||
: 3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? --4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity. | |||
Safeguards Contingency | |||
--or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __ | |||
* If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _ | |||
;::.i2'QA | |||
() NPS () MNT ) GMNSS L:)...c. * * * | |||
"" A' IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY EVALUAnoN REQUIRED 0 EXEMPT PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT: | |||
MRF 22769C | |||
-- | |||
V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL: | V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL: | ||
QUAUFIED REVIEWER | QUAUFIED REVIEWER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __ QA REVIEW _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ _ __ | ||
TELECONBY _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ | |||
TELECONBY | |||
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _ _ _ _ __ | |||
SHIFT SUPERVISOR VI. DlSaPlJNE~OR~: VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI? ~ | |||
C. YES NO -J.L:t1 TRAINING REQUIRED? YES __ NO_ - - NLiOE//" T b.te | |||
/ ~ YES | |||
~ | |||
-- ftR:l":ES""P:lP;-.-.i'<M~G'I;R-. | |||
_ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE | iiR:J!:ESi' I | ||
-----I.-"b.-:.=te | ;-:M~G""R-.-----I.-"b.-:.=te | ||
QA Concurreno Date Approv)1lConcurrence , | -----l..--.:O:-*.,.....te | ||
Responsible Manager Date PSRC | '" IFYES.PRIORTOPROCEDUREIMPl.EME~ON? | ||
P/CAPAFFECl'ED? YES~NO V. | |||
YES_ NO_ | |||
va :i ~A iliJrAppHcaWe) | |||
** | COMMENTSRESOlVED:_ | ||
COMMENTSRESOLVED:_ It-Zft-~ QA Concurreno Date iscipline Supervisor D.te Approv)1lConcurrence Approv)llConcurrence , JI O.te X. PSltC RMEW: | |||
: 1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1. 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2. 3. DBD. Reactor Protection System. 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System. 5. 1080837. Sheet 9. 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21. REVISION | A. REVIEWED BY: B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED: | ||
Date Oate Responsible Manager Date COMMENTS: YES_ NO_ | |||
ChiJrrnlln PSRcchiJrl'l'IIIn PSRC Date | |||
AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION ~ | |||
PURPOSE 1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS 1 OPERATOR ACT! ONS 2 | |||
** PAGE i | |||
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 | |||
** CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REFERENCES | |||
: 1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1. | |||
: 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2. | |||
: 3. DBD. Reactor Protection System. | |||
: 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System. | |||
: 5. 1080837. Sheet 9. | |||
: 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21. | |||
REVISION | |||
==SUMMARY== | ==SUMMARY== | ||
Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested . | |||
** PAGE ii | |||
AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion. | |||
: 1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators. | SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS | ||
: 2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change. 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm: | : 1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators. | ||
: 2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change. | |||
: 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm: | |||
* RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5), | * RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5), | ||
* RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5). | * RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5). | ||
* CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2). | * CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2). | ||
* eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1). | * eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1). | ||
** | |||
* CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) . | * CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) . | ||
* RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5). | * RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5). | ||
Line 219: | Line 196: | ||
* aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5). | * aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5). | ||
* IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5). | * IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5). | ||
* PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4). 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) . | * PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4). | ||
* | : 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) . | ||
** PAGE 1 OF 3 | |||
* | AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 | ||
** CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Q) | |||
CD Verify rod motion is NOT required: 1 GO TO AOP-214.2. RESPONSE TO LOAD REJECTION/RUNBACK. | |||
1 GO TO AOP-214.2. | |||
RESPONSE TO LOAD | |||
0 | 0 | ||
* Tavg is within 1.5°F of Tref. 0 OOD | |||
* NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78). | |||
~ | |||
@ Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN. | |||
0 . | |||
* Tavg is within 1.5°F of Tref. 0 OOD | tv G) Verify rod motion is stopped. 0 3 Perform the following: | ||
* NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78). Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch | a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION. | ||
a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION. | 4 Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 5 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref. | ||
Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref. Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level. Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure. | 6 Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level. | ||
(2220 psig to 2250 psig). Notify the following plant personnel: | 7 Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure. | ||
* Management Duty Supervisor. | (2220 psig to 2250 psig). | ||
0 | 8 Notify the following plant personnel: | ||
* Reactor Engineering . | * Management Duty Supervisor. 0 0 | ||
* Rod Control System Engineer . 0 PAGE 2 OF 3 | * Reactor Engineering . | ||
* Rod Control System Engineer . 0 | |||
* PAGE 2 OF 3 | |||
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 | AOP-403.3 | ||
'~ REVISION 2 | |||
9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure. 10 Proceed as directed by the Shift [] Supervisor. | : e. CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE - Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis. | ||
9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure. | |||
PAGE 3 OF 3 | 10 Proceed as directed by the Shift [] | ||
Supervisor. | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-058A FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) APPROVAL: | --------------1 End of AOP-403.3 1------------ | ||
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE: | e | ||
* e PAGE 3 OF 3 | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-058A FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) | |||
APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE: | |||
EXAMINER: | EXAMINER: | ||
THIS JPM IS APPROVED | THIS JPM IS APPROVED | ||
* | * MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009 Page I of 10 | ||
* TASK: | |||
006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD: | |||
* TASK: 006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD: | |||
FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | ||
TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON SIMULATOR | TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured. | ||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
SOP-112 SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM ARP-001-XCP-611 PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 006000A113 A1.13 Accumulator pressure (level, boron 3.5 3.7 concentration) | |||
SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 | * TOOLS: | ||
EVALUATION TIME TIME START: | |||
SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 30 TIME FINISH: | |||
TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT: | |||
EXAMINER: | |||
SIGNATURE DATE | |||
* MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 Page 10//0 | |||
* READ TO OPERATOR: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 | |||
* | |||
WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS: | SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS: | ||
INITIAL CONDITION: | INITIAL CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. | ||
The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME! MOllday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10 | INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. | ||
* | ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME! | ||
* MOllday* .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10 | |||
* STEPS CUES: | |||
STEP: | |||
Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint | I ____________________________________ ~ | ||
'IAW-ARP- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |||
* CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No No Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint COilJiUENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
*Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not | |||
SAT UNSAT | |||
STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
* Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not | |||
* modeled on the simulator. | * modeled on the simulator. | ||
I ______ | I ______ ------------------------------~ | ||
CR SEQ No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump | CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve) | |||
Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve) STEP STANDARD: | COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | ||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
* STEP: 4 | No Yes Verifies recirc valve open Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand. | ||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------ | * .UoIIJay* .lillie 11. 2009 Page 5 of 10 | ||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD: | |||
CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. | No Yes Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS. | ||
Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF. COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | ||
SAT | *Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running .* | ||
* STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. | I~~~~ __ ------------------------------~ | ||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF. SAT __ UNSAT Page 6 of 10 | Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF. | ||
* | COMMENTS: SAT | ||
STEP: | * ~T STEP: 6 CUES: | ||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT _~ __ | |||
CR SEQ Yes Yes | UNSAT | ||
* .Uonda)'* ./une 11. 1009 Page 6 of 10 | |||
SAT | * CUES: | ||
STEP: 7 I------------------------------------~ | |||
* | IS.b0~Id..re.9u2s!. a.ee.2r £h~c~ _________________________ .. | ||
PVT- | CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
* * | No Yes Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red accumulator. light ON and green light OFF. | ||
* | COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES: | ||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Commence filling 'A' accumulator. HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner. 'A' accumulator level increasing. | |||
.. | COiUMENTS: SAT _ __ | ||
UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa Acknowledges alarm and determines 'A' annunciator. accumulator pressure is high. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009 Page 70/10 | |||
* CUES: | |||
STEP: 10 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Secures filling operation. HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON .. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT _ __ | |||
UNSAT STEP: 11 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT ~~ | |||
* ~4T STEP: 12 CUES: | |||
*Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should | |||
* I~~!~~~~~----------------------------~ | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Reduce 'A' accumulator pressure. PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009 Page 8 of 10 | |||
* CL'ES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 13 STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Secures venting of 'A' accumulator. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON. | |||
COMj~JENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
* Jfollday. Jlllle 21. 1009 Page 9(}/ 10 | |||
* JPM NO: JPSF-058A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) | |||
IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
: 1. RUN | |||
: 2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by: | |||
LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=1 (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT) | |||
: 3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65% | |||
LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=O | |||
: 4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by: | |||
VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM) | |||
VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV) | |||
When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig: | |||
VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=O VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator. | |||
: 5. FREEZE | |||
: 6. When student is ready RUN. | |||
: 7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate: | |||
LOA-AUX009 SEVERITY=1 (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve) | |||
LOA-AUX043 SELECT=RACK IN (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker) | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
* MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009 Page 100fl0 | |||
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA. T10NS: | |||
INITl4.L CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. | |||
INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
MOllday* .lillie 11. 1009 | |||
ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 SETPOINT: ORIGIN: | |||
ACCUMA Hi - 88.6% ILB00920A ILB00920B LVL Lo - 65.6% ILB00922A ILB00922B HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE: | |||
* | : 1. Accumulator A over or under filled. | ||
: 2. Valve leakage or misalignment. | |||
: 3. Accumulator discharge into RCS. | |||
: 4. Accumulator leak. | |||
: 5. Instrument failure. | |||
AUTOMATIC ACTIONS: | |||
: 1. None. | |||
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS: | |||
* 1. | |||
2. | |||
3. | |||
Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %. | |||
Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level. | |||
Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112. | |||
SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS: | |||
: 1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations. | |||
: 2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur. | |||
MOllday. | |||
Jlllle 21. 1009 | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA. | |||
T10NS: INITl4.L CONDITION: | |||
The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOllday * .lillie 11. 1009 | |||
Hi -88.6% Lo -65.6% 1. Accumulator A over or under filled. 2. Valve leakage or misalignment. | |||
: 3. Accumulator discharge into RCS. 4. Accumulator leak. 5. Instrument failure. AUTOMATIC ACTIONS: 1. None. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS: | |||
: 2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur. | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
: 1. B-804-611, Sh. 1. 2. B-208-095, SI-80. 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications. | : 1. B-804-611, Sh. 1. | ||
: 4. SOP-112. 5. 1MS-51-161 . PAGE 3 OF 13 | : 2. B-208-095, SI-80. | ||
: 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications. | |||
: 4. SOP-112. | |||
: 5. 1MS-51-161 . | |||
* PAGE 3 OF 13 | |||
SOP-112 REVISION 17 IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3. | |||
D 1.2 The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification 3.5.4. | |||
CAUTION 2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing. | |||
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS D 2.1 Open the following (AB-388): | |||
* D 2.2 a. | |||
b. | |||
XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. | |||
XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. | |||
Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open. | |||
D 2.3 Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI. | |||
CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup. | |||
D 2.4 Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r) | |||
D 2.5 Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH . | |||
* PAGE 3 OF 30 | |||
SOP-112 REVISION 17 | |||
* o 2.6 To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows: | |||
: a. Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r) | |||
CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV. | |||
0 b. Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%. | |||
0 c. When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV. | |||
0 d. Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. | |||
02.7 If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6. | |||
02.8 Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO. | |||
* | * 02.9 Stop the HYDRO PUMP . | ||
02.10 Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI. | |||
Stop the HYDRO PUMP . Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI. | |||
2.11 Close the following (AS-388): | 2.11 Close the following (AS-388): | ||
o | o a. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. | ||
o b. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. | |||
NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication), | |||
Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b. | |||
o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration. | |||
END OF SECTION | |||
o | * PAGE 4 OF 30 | ||
o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration. | |||
END OF SECTION PAGE 4 OF 30 | SOP-112 REVISION 17 | ||
* D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None. | |||
CAUTION 2.0 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing. | |||
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed. | |||
* D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None. CAUTION 2.0 | o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'() | ||
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed. o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'() o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure . o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT. o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). END OF SECTION PAGE 8 OF 30 | o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure . | ||
o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT. | |||
o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). | |||
END OF SECTION | |||
* PAGE 8 OF 30 | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) APPROVAL: | |||
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE: EXAMINER: | 6 . | ||
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Monday. June 12, 2009 | * V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) | ||
APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE: | |||
* TASK: 008-021-01-01 SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS | EXAMINER: | ||
The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | THIS JPM IS APPROVED | ||
TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads. PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION SIMULATOR | * Monday. June 12, 2009 P{/ge I of 10 | ||
* TASK: | |||
008-021-01-01 TASK STANDARD: | |||
SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads. | |||
PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
SOP-118 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 008000A408 A4.08 CCW pump control switch 3.1 2.8 | |||
* TOOLS: | |||
EVALUATION TIlIJE TIME START: | |||
SOP-118 15 TIME FINISH: | |||
TIM.E CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)8 PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: | |||
E.YAIJnNER: | |||
SIGNATURE DATE | |||
* i'lfonduy. Jllne 11, 1009 Page 2 off(} | |||
* RE4D TO OPERATOR: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed. | |||
INITIA TlNG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB. | |||
Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. | |||
HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME! | |||
* .Uonday. June 21. 1009 Puge3 olIO | |||
* STEPS CUES: | |||
STEP: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No No Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), Places the control switch for XPP-58B, standby pump in OFF. CCBP B, in OFF. | |||
COMltJENTS: SAT .. ~_ .. | |||
UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
.------------------------------------~ | |||
.EVALUATOR NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going * | |||
*'oop. | |||
*EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going | |||
~1~0P.:.iUs.lh~r"!lnlna.p~mJ? __________________________ ! | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train | |||
* TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in PULL-TO- B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK. | |||
LOCK. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
1------------------------------------ * | |||
*Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' * | |||
*CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports | |||
* IA,!tal:h~el't ,YB.Js~0.Tp'!e~, !;x~ee! f£,r ~c!i~ !!:! t!!e ~CJ>~me. b!.e~e.! 01' '~' !!~n.______ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No No Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the Attachment VB with the exception of racking 'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC. of SOP-118. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* ,Honday. June 22. 1009 Puge 5 oj 10 | |||
* CUES: | |||
STEP: 4 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is open with indication of red light ON and open. green light OFF. | |||
(This is the start of Step 2.4) | |||
CO~HJENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
IE~a.!,!1i!:!.e~s.!l0~d..!:e9.u~st.re2r .s;h~c~ ______________________ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed: Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow XPP-0001 S, PUMP S speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES: | |||
*Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to * | |||
*complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a * | |||
*Ioss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non- | |||
.essentialloop. | |||
*NOTE TO EVALUATOR: Steps 6 - B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid | |||
*succession. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, Places control switch for MVS-9503S in stroking in the closed direction. CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position. | |||
COMJfENTS: SAT UNS.1T | |||
* Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009 Page 6 of 10 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes 1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON- When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm | |||
: 2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 NON- and 4000 gpm, perform the following in ESSEN LOAD ISOl. rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes 1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A NON- (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train ESSEN LOAD ISOl. CCW.) Places control switches for MV8* | |||
: 2) Close MV8-9687Al9525A, LP A NON- 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687Al9525A, ESSEN LOAD ISOl. LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes No 1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.) Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT lWSAT | |||
* Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09 Puge 7 of 10 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 10 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No No Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C Racked up in slow speed. Green light XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete ON. | |||
Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on | |||
'B'train). | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 11 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No No Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch After-Stop. in After-Stop. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 12 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No No Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor. through RML-2B. | |||
COMilfENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09 Page 8 tlf 10 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 13 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Ensure the following valves have not The red light is ON and the green light is automatically closed due to high flow: OFF for all the following: | |||
: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB MVG-9625, MVG-9626, MVG-9583, | |||
: 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB MVG-9593A,B,&C. | |||
: 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX | |||
: 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C)THERM BARR COMMENTS: SAT ____ ~ | |||
UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
* Jlondu),. June 12, 1009 Page 90j 10 | |||
* JPM NO: JPS-068B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) | |||
IC SET: 10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
: 1. INIT 10 | |||
: 2. When student is ready: RUN | |||
: 3. When AO requested by student to complete Attachment VB of SOP-118, enter the following: | |||
RUN BATCH FILE CCCW2B | |||
: 4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS: | |||
* Monda),. June 22, 1009 Page 100110 | |||
JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: | |||
INITl4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed. | |||
INITl4T1NG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB. | |||
The | Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. | ||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
Jfondu),. June 22, 2009 | |||
SOP-118 REVISION 17 B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools. | |||
D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 . | |||
* PAGE 5 OF 82 | |||
SOP-118 REVISION 17 CAUTION 2.0 | |||
: a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout: | |||
: 1) For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start: | |||
a) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down. | |||
: 2) For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start: | |||
a) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down. | |||
: b. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable . | |||
* o 2.1 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. | |||
NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop, CHG o | |||
Step 2.2 should be omitted. | |||
2.2 Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows: | |||
: a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following: | |||
o 1) Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./) | |||
o 2) Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B). | |||
o b. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK. | |||
* PAGE 6 OF 82 | |||
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o c. Perform one of the following: | |||
: 1) Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. | |||
: 2) Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. | |||
2.3 Establish Train A as the active loop as follows: | |||
o a. Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open. | |||
o b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r) | |||
: 1) XPP-0001 A, PUMP A. | |||
: 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. | |||
* CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. | |||
o c. Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction. | |||
(PEER ,r) | |||
: d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: | |||
o 1) Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
o 2) Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
o 3) Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
o 4) Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
o 5) Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B. | |||
* PAGE 7 OF 82 | |||
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued | |||
: e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following: | |||
D 1) Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA. | |||
D 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop. | |||
D f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412). | |||
: g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: | |||
D 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. | |||
D 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB. | |||
D 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTON HX . | |||
* D D | |||
D h. | |||
i. | |||
: 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. | |||
Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02. | |||
Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: | |||
: 1) XPP-0001B, PUMP B. | |||
: 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. | |||
: j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): | |||
D 1) One pump is in AUTO and operating. | |||
D 2) One pump is in AUTO and not operating. | |||
D 3) One pump is in OFF. | |||
* PAGE 8 OF 82 | |||
SOP-118 REVISION 17 2.4 Establish Train B as the active loop as follows: | |||
o a. Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open. | |||
o b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "") | |||
: 1) XPP-0001 B, PUMP B. | |||
: 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. | |||
CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. | |||
0 c. Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction. | |||
(PEER "") | |||
: d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: | |||
0 1) Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
0 2) Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
0 3) Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
0 4) Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. | |||
0 5) Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. | |||
: e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following: | |||
0 1) Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB. | |||
0 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop. | |||
0 f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) . | |||
* PAGE 9 OF 82 | |||
SOP-118 | SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued | ||
: g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: | |||
D 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. | |||
D 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB. | |||
D 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX. | |||
D 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. | |||
D h. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02. | |||
D i. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: | |||
: 1) XPP-0001A, PUMP A. | |||
: 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. | |||
* D D | |||
: j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): | |||
1) 2) | |||
One pump is in AUTO and operating. | |||
: | |||
: | |||
* | |||
: | |||
One pump is in AUTO and not operating. | One pump is in AUTO and not operating. | ||
D 3) One pump is in OFF. | |||
OA D 2.5 Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running 9741 Component Cooling Water Pump Switch. | |||
END OF SECTION | |||
* PAGE 10 OF 82 | |||
SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 Persons completing checklist (print) Initials COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS DatelTime Date/Time started / | |||
One pump is in OFF. | / Date/Time completed / | ||
ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B. | |||
REQUIRED VERIFIERS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN ISOL VALVE | |||
SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB | |||
* COMPONENT Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd) | |||
DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 INITIALS VERIFIERS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING) | |||
XSW1DA 07 CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT XSW1DA 07 CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF CCP XPP0001C-CC (RRP) | |||
XSW1DA 07 TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF TCP XPP0001C-CC (RRT) | |||
XET2001C J436' (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED E NOTE 2 XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED E NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING) | |||
XSWlOB 11 CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN XSW1DB 11 CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON CCP XPP0001C-CC (RRP) | |||
XSWlOB 11 TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON TCP XPP0001C-CC (RRT) | |||
OA 9224 NOTE 1: When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK. | |||
NOTE 2: Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows: | |||
* | : 1) CRS Keybox (CB-463). | ||
: 2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) . | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE: | |||
CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRT) XET2001C (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED NOTE 2 COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING) | |||
CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRT) When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK. Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows: 1) CRS Keybox (CB-463). | |||
: 2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) . | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL: | |||
WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE: | |||
EXAMINER: | EXAMINER: | ||
THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9 | THIS JPM IS APPROVED | ||
* | * Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9 | ||
* TASK: | |||
000-083-05-01 TASK STANDARD: | |||
RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW. | |||
TERMINATING CUE: SI flow verified on FI-940. | |||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
AOP-115.5 LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000025A120 AA 1.20 HPI pump control switch, indicators, 2.6 2.5 ammeter running lights, and flow meter TOOLS: AOP-115.5 | |||
* EVALUATION TIME TIME START: | |||
PERFORMANCE RA TING: | |||
10 TIME FINISH: | |||
SAT: | |||
TLtlE CRITICAL UNSAT: | |||
No JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 ( | |||
PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
EXAMINER: | EXAMINER: | ||
THIS | SIGNATURE DATE | ||
* * | * JJonday. June 11, 1009 Page 1 of9 | ||
* | * READ TO OPERA TOR: | ||
SI flow | INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | ||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: | |||
INITL4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5. | |||
Present conditions are: | |||
- RCS hot leg level is low. | |||
- Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing. | |||
* INITL4TING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5. Attachment 2. | |||
HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE! | |||
* Monday. June 21, 1009 Page J of9 | |||
* STEPS CUES: | |||
STEP: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Check if a Charging Pump is available. Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Stop any running Charging Pump. Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS: SAT _ _ | |||
* ~4T STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG Operator locates and places MVG-8107 LINE ISOL. and/or MVG- 8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* ;'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009 Page 5 0[9 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG-8885 | |||
: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: closed; green light ON and red light OFF | |||
- MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG- | |||
: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: 8801A & B closed; verifies green lights | |||
- MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG ON and red lights OFF. | |||
INJ. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT _ _ _ | |||
UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT Operator locates and places TRN A LEGS. PWR LCKOUT switch to ON. | |||
Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* Monday, Jllne 11, 1009 Page 6 of9 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow Operator locates and places MVG-8106 Isolation. in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Operator locates and places MVT-8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Start one Charging Pump. Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* :Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09 Page 70/9 | |||
* CUES: | |||
STEP: 10 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A Operator locates and verifies SI flow CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. indicated on FI-940. | |||
SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
* Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009 PageS 0/9 | |||
* JPM NO: JPSF-065 JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET: 20 INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
: 1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak SEVERITY =???? | |||
OVR-AA028 SELECT =TRUE ??? | |||
: 2. RUN | |||
: 3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1. | |||
: 4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 - 17. | |||
: 5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200°F, then | |||
* 6. FREEZE | |||
: 7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS: | |||
* Monday. June 21, l()09 Page 90f9 | |||
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5. | |||
Present conditions are: | |||
- RCS hot leg level is low. | |||
- Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing. | |||
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment 2. | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
:l/lmday* ./une 21, 1009 | |||
AOP-115.5 | / | ||
f AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 1 OF 3 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is available. | |||
SI flow | 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 1£ flQ Charging Pump is available. 0 THEN GO TO Step 13. | ||
2 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 3 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B. 0 CHG LINE ISOl. | |||
4 Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: | |||
: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: | |||
* MVG-8885. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. | |||
* MVG-8801A(B). 0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. | |||
: b. Open MVG-8884. 0 | |||
* CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS . | |||
: c. Close MVG-8106. CHG PP. | |||
Miniflow Isolation. | |||
: d. Close MVT-8105. | |||
SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. | |||
0 0 | |||
5 Start one Charging Pump. 0 5 GO TO Step 13. 0 6 Verify SI flow on FI-940. 0 6 GO TO Step B. 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. | |||
7 GO TO Step 15. 0 8 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 | |||
* PAGE 26 OF 39 | |||
/ AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 2 OF 3 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS: | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
: a. Close MVG-8884. | |||
CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. | |||
o | |||
: b. Open MVG-8886. o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
10 Start one Charging Pump. o 10 GO TO Step 13. o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943. o 11 Stop QDY running Charging Pump. o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM. | |||
GO TO Step 13. o 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed 13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs: from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs: | |||
* a. Close MVG-8886 . | |||
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A. | |||
RCS LP A TO PUMP A. | |||
: c. Close MVG-8888A. | |||
o 0 | |||
0 a) Close MVG-8886. | |||
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. | |||
c) Close MVG-8888B. | |||
o 0 | |||
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | |||
: d. Close MVG-8887B. 0 d) Close MVG-8887A. 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: e. Open MVG-8809A. 0 e) Open MVG-8809B. 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. RWST TO RHR PP B. | |||
: f. Open MVG-8889. 0 f) Open MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: g. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is 0 g) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is 0 open. open. | |||
: h. Ensure FCV-605A. A BYP. is 0 h) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is 0 open . open. | |||
* PAGE 27 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 3 OF 3 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 14 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING: | |||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 14 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: | |||
* Sight Glass (local). 0 (L-1330). | |||
* Vi deo monitor. 0 | |||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331). | |||
15 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. | |||
16 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 . | |||
* PAGE 28 OF 39 | |||
* SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC &GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERAT IONS COpy N). | |||
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED | |||
* Original signed by Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR 10106/03 DATE Original signed by Lippard 10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE CHANGt IYPE IYPt APPROVAL CANCELLtD CANCtLLCU CHANGE CHANGt IYPE IYPt APPROVAL CANCt.LLtlJ CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A P 01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE | |||
* Continuous Use of Procedure Required. | |||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 | |||
* Sight Glass (local). | |||
* Vi deo monitor. | |||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331). | |||
Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 . PAGE 28 OF 39 | |||
* SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR | |||
Read Each Step Prior to Performing. | Read Each Step Prior to Performing. | ||
/Review Completed (SAP-0107) | SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 25 DOCUMENTREWEWFORM DOCUMENTRE~EWFORM Page 1 of __ | ||
KI NA Pre-implementation Training Completed | Document Identific Identification ation nr... ln.. tn .. Nam.: | ||
OrlglnalOl"l Name: LATHREN En, Ext: 55547 Mall Code: 410 Date: 11113/06 11113106 Document No.: AOP-115.5 AOP-11S.S Rev!'lon No.: | |||
Revision 5 Change Letter: A TlUe: | |||
==Title:== | |||
LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) X SR IX SR O O QR 0 aR oNNS NNS Development Process Process:: | |||
Permanent: (check one) X X Normal Rev/Chg or o0 Edjtorial Editorial Correction Correction o Tempof!l'!y!'pproval | |||
== Description:== | |||
INCORPORATED MODE 6 INTO TITLE FOR CORRECT APPLICABILITY; ADDEO STep 13.d TO STOP WORK ON SECONDARY SYSTEMS THAT ARE PROTECTED BY RCS TEMPERATURE PARAMETER TAGS; CHANGED ORDER OF STEP 17 ALTERNAnvE ACTION TO ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION PRIOR TO COLD LEG INJECTION; ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTION TO STEP 22.< TO ESTABLISH HOTLEG INJECTION AND THEN COLD LEG INJECTION WHEN CORE EXIT IS ABOVE 200'F; DELETED ALTERNATIVE ACTION FOR STEP 27 AND ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS TO RETURN TO STEP 23.J FOR CORE EXIT ABOVE 200'F AND RETURN TO STEP 23.d FOR RCS HOT LEG LEVEL DECREASING. | |||
KeliiSIlln/tl3sIR for Change : ERG MAINTENANCE OW-02-004 AND PROCEDURE FEEDBACKS. | |||
ReasonlSasia Is the SCOPE of the proc~u,...ffltCted I. procedure affected by thlt! this cohlngt? | |||
change? NO Iilit 11 YESC I-,f- l Temporary Approval Final approval required by: | |||
days) | |||
(30 day.) | |||
I QR DC&R Person Nollf\ed ss o..es Document ReViewers \ [:.f'C,C5, ',. CI Co~"" | |||
Position TypefPml Type/Print Name Comments y"""" | |||
YesINo Position Position TypeJPrlnt Type/Print Name ~"" | |||
Comrnents Yes/No Yet/No | |||
;\1 ."'". . .J iJ ~ | |||
QB IOP§I QB{OPSl O~ | |||
o~ ;;; | |||
Ci DO 00 "0 | |||
I: | |||
Q) | |||
~ | |||
'5 | |||
'5 0' | |||
Q) | |||
~ | |||
§g tfi til C ~(1) | |||
('~ | |||
('21, (t2 \I .d'- ....tL J | |||
C1!.,./ | |||
DIlJ Dill 0Dl6l16l E | |||
c 0 | |||
....:0 | |||
...."0 DO 00 DO 00 a: | |||
a:: :ct-00 OO 00 00 00 Co. Comment Due D7e (I | |||
Dare 30 | |||
!0<.:, | |||
" 30 0<0 iIIIIm_ _ | |||
All Comments Resolved DlJ Yes Commitments Addressed per SAP-0630 SAP.()6JO \Xl NA lID __ O OMLSA MLSA InitlallOllite InitiaVOate 50.59 ApplicabilitylReview Applicability/Review Completed (SAP*0107) (SAP-0107) I?:I KI NA o Yes, Attached Pre-Implementation Pre-implementation Training Completed ~' NA (l DYes TrainIng required after implementation Training ~ NA | |||
[iJ DYes, CER # | |||
PSRC Review Completed Gl NA | |||
~ DYes. Mtg. No. _ _ _ __ | |||
NSRC Review Completed 0 NA DYes, Mtg. | |||
Other. NA | |||
* | * | ||
* | * Failure by the "Additional Reviewers" to provide cornmenidue comment due date may be considered as "No Commenr. | ||
; comments within 5 working days Comment", | |||
'Pl llr'Wlrln | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE PURPOSE 1 SCOPE 1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS 1 OPERATOR ACTIONS 2 ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Establishing Cold Leg Injection 24 Attachment 2 - Establishing Hot Leg Injection 26 Attachment 3 - Establishing RCS Makeup 29 Attachment 4 - Reducing RCS Makeup 31 Attachment 5 - RVLIS Indications 38 Attachment 6 - Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow 39 | |||
* PAGE | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* 1. | |||
REFERENCES Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2. | |||
: 6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions. | : 2. FSAR 5.5.7. | ||
: 7. TWR-DGI0894. | : 3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System. | ||
Tab M43. D.Gatlin. | : 4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal. | ||
COMMITMENTS | : 5. E-302-641. | ||
Step 15. REVISION | : 6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions. | ||
: 7. TWR-DGI0894. Tab M43. D.Gatlin. | |||
COMMITMENTS | |||
: 1. COl - NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions): Step 15. | |||
REVISION | |||
==SUMMARY== | ==SUMMARY== | ||
Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation. Added Scope. | |||
Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation. | Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability. | ||
Added Scope. Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability. | Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004: In Step 17. | ||
Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004: | Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200°F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200°F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing. | ||
In Step 17. Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200°F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200°F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing. | * PAGE ii | ||
PAGE ii | |||
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* PURPOSE This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact. | |||
and apply to this procedure. | SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59. and SAP~630 apply to this procedure. | ||
SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS | SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS | ||
: 1. No RHR Pump is running. 2. | : 1. No RHR Pump is running. | ||
of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following: | : 2. Air~binding of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following: | ||
* Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps. | * Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps. | ||
* Erratic RHR flow indicated on PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM. | * Erratic RHR flow indicated on FI~605A(B). PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM. | ||
* Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG. | * Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PI~600A(B). | ||
PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG. | |||
* Excessive RHR Pump noise. | * Excessive RHR Pump noise. | ||
* RHR Pump cavitation. | * RHR Pump cavitation. | ||
: 3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment | : 3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment 6. | ||
: | : 4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples. | ||
: 5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory. | : 5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory. | ||
: 6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing RHR PUMP VORTEXING. | : 6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing AOP~115.1. RHR PUMP VORTEXING. have been unsuccessful. | ||
have been unsuccessful. | : 7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps. | ||
: 7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps. 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm: | : 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm: | ||
* RHR LOOP A FLO LO | * RHR LOOP A FLO LO (XCP~610 1~2). | ||
* RHR LOOP B FLO LO | * RHR LOOP B FLO LO (XCP~610 2~2). | ||
* RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610 | * RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610 1~1). | ||
* RHR PP B TRIP (XCP~610 2~1). | |||
* 9. Entered from the EOPs. | |||
PAGE 1 OF 39 | |||
AOP~ 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE OPERATOR ACTIONS ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
* Conditions for implementing Emergency Plan Procedures should be evaluated using EPP~OOI. ACTIVATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN. | |||
* RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers. - | |||
* | * Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass. | ||
RVLIS indication. and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment 5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS. | |||
Q Stop ~ RCS boron dilution in 0 progress. | |||
* 2 Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown: | |||
* Monitor TR~413. 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG . | |||
* Implement STP-I03.001. REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE. | |||
3 Determine and correct the cause of 0 | |||
~ RHR Pump trip. | |||
* PAGE 2 OF 39 | |||
AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 4 ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
* | |||
* Conditions for implementing Emergency Plan Procedures should be evaluated using ACTIVATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN. | |||
* RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers. | |||
and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment | |||
Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown: | |||
* Monitor 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG . | |||
* Implement STP-I03.001. | |||
REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE. | |||
Determine and correct the cause of 0 RHR Pump trip | |||
* Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected. | * Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected. | ||
* Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse. | * Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse. | ||
Start available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following; | 4 Start ~ available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. D | ||
* Mansell Level Monitori ng D System. | : a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following; | ||
* Video Monitor. D | * Mansell Level Monitori ng D System. | ||
* Sight Glass (local). D | * Video Monitor. D | ||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (IS.S inches). | * Sight Glass (local). D | ||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (IS.S inches). b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS; | * LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (IS.S inches). | ||
* MVG-8701A(B). | * LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (IS.S inches). | ||
RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open. | : b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS; | ||
* MVG-8702A(B). | * MVG-8701A(B). RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open. | ||
RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open. | * MVG-8702A(B). RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open. | ||
* MVG-8888A(B). | * MVG-8888A(B). RHR LP A(B) TO D COLD LEGS. is open. | ||
RHR LP A(B) TO D COLD LEGS. is open. c. Close HCV-603A(B). | : c. Close HCV-603A(B). A(B) OUTLET. D | ||
A(B) OUTLET. D d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%. e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN. f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page) PAGE 3 OF 39 | : d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%. | ||
: e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN. | |||
: f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). | |||
: g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page) | |||
PAGE 3 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued) | |||
: h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued) | |||
: h. Perform the following: | |||
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B). | |||
PUMP A(B). | |||
o | |||
: 2) IE the other RHR loop is 0 available. THEN RETURN TO Step 4.a. - - | |||
IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available. THEN GO TO Step 11. - - | |||
* | i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits. | ||
RHR | REFER TO Attachment 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW. | ||
: j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER 0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. | |||
5 Verify at least one RHR Pump is 0 5 IE no RHR Pump can be started. 0 running. THEN GO TO Step 11. | |||
6 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing. REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown: | |||
: | a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down. | ||
b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. | |||
: | * PAGE 4 OF 39 | ||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. | |||
7 Establish RHR Letdown: 7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME | |||
: a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. | |||
return header (AB-412): | |||
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. | |||
: 2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. | |||
: b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 | |||
: c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 | |||
: | : d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. | ||
: | : e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. | ||
8 Restore RCS level to the desired 0 level for plant conditions. | |||
9 Restore RCS temperature: | |||
: a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50° F/hr. | |||
: b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value. | |||
10 RETURN TO the Procedure and Step 0 in effect. | |||
* PAGE 5 OF 39 | |||
* | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths: | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
: a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c). LTDN D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves. | |||
: b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460. D LTDN LINE ISOL. | |||
: c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154. D XS LTDN ISOL. | |||
: d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D | |||
: e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board. | |||
12 Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST: | |||
: a. Open LCV-115B. D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. | |||
* b. Open LCV-1l5D. | |||
RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. | |||
: c. Close LCV-115C(E). | |||
VCT OUTLET I SOL. | |||
D D | |||
* PAGE 6 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 13 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure. | |||
13 Alert plant personnel: | |||
: a. Announce plant conditions over 0 the page system. | |||
: b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG 0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons. | |||
: c. Repeat the announcement. 0 | |||
: d. Notify Outage Management and 0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. | |||
* *14 Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels. | |||
15 Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours: | |||
: a. REFER TO STP-147.001. REACTOR 0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST. | |||
: b. Close Qll RB penetrations 0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere. | |||
16 Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM. | |||
* PAGE 7 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE CAUTION - Step 17 ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
* Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel . | * Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel . | ||
* To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup. NOTE -Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure. | * To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup. | ||
*17 Check core exit TC temperatures | NOTE - Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure. | ||
*17 Check core exit TC temperatures o *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING 0 LESS THAN 200°F. HOT LEG INJECTION. | |||
1£ core exit TC temperatures 0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION. | |||
GO TO Step 19. o | |||
* PAGE 8 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 18 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 F. | |||
0 18 Check RCS level: | |||
: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level a. GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. D elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated INJECTION. | |||
GO TO Step 19. o | |||
* | |||
on the following: | on the following: | ||
* Mansell Level Monitori ng D System. | * Mansell Level Monitori ng D System. | ||
* Video Monitor. D | * Video Monitor. D | ||
* Sight Glass (local). D | * Sight Glass (local). D | ||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (5.5 inches). | * LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (5.5 inches). | ||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (5.5 inches). b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level | * LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (5.5 inches). | ||
* b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following: | |||
* Mansell Level Moni tori ng | * Mansell Level Moni tori ng System. | ||
D | |||
: b. GO TO ATTACHMENT 3. | |||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (15.5 inches). | ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. | ||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Identify and isolate RCS D leakage paths. PAGE 9 OF 39 | D | ||
* Video Monitor. D | |||
* Sight Glass (local). D | |||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (15.5 inches). | |||
: | * LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (15.5 inches). | ||
19 Identify and isolate ~ RCS D leakage paths. | |||
* PAGE 9 OF 39 | |||
* | |||
* | AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | ||
* | * ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 20 ALTERNATIVE ACTION To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized. | ||
20 Check if a secondary heat sink is 20 GO TO Step 22. 0 available: | |||
: | : a. Check if the RCS pressure 0 boundary is intact. | ||
: b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available: | |||
* Steam Generators are NOT 0 isolated by nozzle dams. | |||
* | * Steam Generator levels are 0 maintained GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 15% Wide Range. | ||
* | * 21 Establish a secondary heat sink: | ||
* | : a. Establish Emergency Feedwater flow. REFER TO SOP-211. | ||
* | EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM. | ||
* | 0 | ||
* | : b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%. | ||
: c. Fully open available SG 0 Steamline Power Relief Valves. | |||
* PAGE 10 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE | |||
*22 Check if RHR can be restored: | |||
: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
*22 WHEN conditions are met to restore [] | |||
: a. | an RHR loop to service. THEN CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR the NOTE prior to Step 23. | ||
* | EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following: 1£ RHR can NOT be restored. THEN perform the following: | ||
* | * Mansell Level Monitoring [] | ||
System. a) Start trending core exit TCs. [] | |||
* Video Monitor. [] | |||
* Sight Glass (local). [] b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the [] | |||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] NOTE prior to Step 25. | |||
(L-1330) (15.5 inches). | |||
* | * LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] | ||
(L-1331) (15.5 inches). | |||
* | : b. An RHR Pump is available for [] | ||
operation. | |||
: c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN [] c. GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. [] | |||
200 F. | |||
0 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION. | |||
1£ core exit TC temperatures [] | |||
continue to increase. THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION. | |||
GO TO Step 24. [] | |||
* PAGE 11 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 23 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse. | |||
23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service: | |||
: a. Verify both of the following: a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the o NOTE prior to Step 25 . | |||
* XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). is 0 available . | |||
* RHR Loop A(B) is NOT being 0 used for gravity feed to the RCS. | |||
: b. Ensure Component Cooling Water 0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). | |||
: c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path: | |||
* 1) Open MVG-8888A(B). | |||
RHR LP A(B) TO COLO LEGS. | |||
: 2) Open MVG-8701A(B). | |||
RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). | |||
o 0 | |||
: 3) Open MVG-8702A(B). 0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). | |||
: 4) Close HCV-603A(B). 0 A(B) OUTLET. | |||
: 5) Close FCV-605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page) | |||
* PAGE 12 OF 39 | |||
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued) | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) | |||
NOTE ~ Step 23. d | |||
* If venting is required. RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR. | |||
* If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm. | |||
: d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 level elevation is GREATER THAN STP-105.006. SAFETY OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL indicated on the following: MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST. | |||
* Mansell Level Monitoring System. | * Mansell Level Monitoring System. | ||
o o | |||
* Video Monitor. | * Video Monitor. | ||
* Sight Glass (local). | * Sight Glass (local). o | ||
* LP A LVL INCHES (15.5 inches). | * LR~1330. LP A LVL INCHES (L~1330) (15.5 inches). | ||
* 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (15.5 inches). o | o | ||
* LR~ 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (L~1331) (15.5 inches). | |||
o | |||
: e. Throttle FCV~605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%. | |||
: f. Start XPP~0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page) | |||
* PAGE 13 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued) | |||
: g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B) PUMP A(B) D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) | |||
: g. Perform the following: | |||
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B). PUMP D A( B) . | |||
: 2) 1£ the other RHR loop is D available. THEN RETURN TO Step 22 to restore the other RHR loop. | |||
1£ the other RHR loop is NOT available. THEN perform the following: | |||
a) Start trending core exit D TCs. | |||
b) GO TO Step 25. Observe D the NOTE prior to Step 25. | |||
: h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits. | |||
REFER TO ATTACHMENT 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW. | |||
i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B). | |||
A(B) BYP. to the desired flow. | |||
: j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down . | |||
* PAGE 14 OF 39 | |||
: | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 24 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. | |||
24 Establish RHR Letdown: 24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME | |||
: a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. | |||
return header (AB-412): | |||
: 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. | |||
: 2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. | |||
: b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 | |||
: c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 | |||
: | : d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. | ||
: e. Adjust PCV 145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. | |||
* PAGE 15 OF 39 | |||
: | AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | ||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 25 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System. | |||
*25 Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST: | |||
: a. Check if RWST level is LESS D a. II RWST 1eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%. THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26. | |||
GO TO Step 27. D | |||
: b. Monitor RHR Sump levels to maintain GREATER THAN 413 ft: | |||
0 | * LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET . D | ||
* LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D | |||
* c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train A: | |||
: 1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in PULL TO LK NON-A. | |||
D | |||
: c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train B: | |||
PUMP | : 1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. | ||
D | |||
: 2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11. D 2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463). (1B-436). | |||
D | : 3) Close MVG-3001A. D 3) Close MVG-3001B. D RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. | ||
: 4) Close MVG-3002A. D 4) Close MVG-3002B. D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. | |||
: 5) Close MVG-3003A. D 5) Close MVG-3003B. D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A. SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP B. | |||
D | : 6) Locally unlock and open D 6) Locally unlock and open D XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374). (AB-374). | ||
: 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP. D 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP. D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374). ISOL VALVE (AB-374) . | |||
(Step 25 continued on next page) (Step 25 continued on next page) | |||
PAGE 16 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 25 continued) | |||
: 8) Transfer water as follows: | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued) | |||
: 8) Transfer water as follows: | |||
a) Open both MVG-3004A and 0 a) Open both MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. MVG-3005B. | |||
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. | |||
b) Start XPP0038A. PUMP A. 0 b) Start XPP0038B. PUMP B. 0 c) WHEN RHR Sump level is c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water stop RB Sump water transfer: transfer: | |||
(1) Place XPPOO38A. 0 (1) Place XPPOO38B. 0 PUMP A. in PULL TO LK PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. NON-A. | |||
(2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 (2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. MVG-3005B. | |||
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. | |||
: d. REPEAT Step 25.c.8) as 0 necessary to maintain RHR Sump level at 413 ft . | |||
* PAGE 17 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 26 Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 F: | |||
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
: a. Monitor RWST temperature: | |||
* TI-7505. TEMP F.0 D | |||
* TI-7507. TEMP F.0 D | |||
: b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F: | |||
: 1) Verify XPP0032B-SF. SPENT D 1) Stop XPP0032B-SF. SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)' is stopped. TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. | |||
: 2) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel D 2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412). Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped. SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. | |||
: 3) Close the following: | |||
* XVG06661-SF. SF COOLING D PUMP B SF POOL HDR ISOL VLV (AB-388). | |||
* XVG06667-SF. SF HDR B CASK D LOADING AREA ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . | |||
* XVG06663-SF. SPENT FUEL D HEADER B DISCH ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . | |||
* XVG06660-SF. SPENT FUEL D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412). | |||
* XVG06665-SF. SPENT FUEL D COOLING PUMP B SUCT ISOL VLV (AB -412) . | |||
* XVD06690-SF. SPENT FUEL D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436). | |||
* XVG06668-SF. FUEL TRANSFER D CANAL SF HDR ISOL VALVE (FB-436)' | |||
(Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) | |||
PAGE 18 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued) | |||
* | |||
: 4) Open the following: | : 4) Open the following: | ||
* XVG06662-SF. | ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) | ||
REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | * XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | ||
* XVT06691-SF. | * XVT06691-SF. 0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT). | ||
0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT). | * XVD06694-SF. SF PUR HDR 0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | ||
* XVD06694-SF. | * XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412). | ||
SF PUR HDR 0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | * XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412). | ||
* XVG06664-SF. | * | ||
REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412). | * XVT06659-SF. SPENT FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388). | ||
* XVG06651-SF. | * XVD06692-SF. SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE 0 | ||
SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412). | (AB-388). | ||
* XVT06659-SF. | |||
SPENT FUEL | |||
* XVD06692-SF. | |||
SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB-388). | |||
: 5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388): | : 5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388): | ||
a) Open XVB09624B-CC. | a) Open XVB09624B-CC. 0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE. | ||
0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE. b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC. | b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC. 0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET VLV. is throttled open. | ||
0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET | c) Ensure Component Cooling 0 Water is supplying non-essential loads. | ||
: 6) Start XPP0032B-SF. SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). | |||
(Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) | |||
PAGE 19 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued) | |||
: 7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) | |||
Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. | |||
27 Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced: | |||
: a. Verify core exit thermocouples D a. Continue cooling with RHR. D temperatures are LESS THAN RETURN TO Step 23.j. | |||
200 F. | |||
0 | |||
: b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level D b. RETURN TO Step 23.d. D elevation is stable or increasing. | |||
: c. Verify RHR cooling is restored. D 28 Reduce RCS makeup: | |||
: a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT 4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP. | |||
: b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level D b. Perform the following: | |||
elevation is stable or increasing. 1) Establish RCS makeup flow. D REFER TO ATTACHMENT 3. | |||
: | ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. | ||
: 2) GO TO Step 32. D | |||
* PAGE 20 OF 39 | |||
SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 19 OF 39 | AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | ||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 29 Secure RWST Cooling: | |||
: a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
: a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS 0 THAN 1000 F. THAN 100°F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30. | |||
: 7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D | RETURN TO Step 5. 0 | ||
: b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF. 0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). | |||
: c. Verify RHR cooling is restored. | |||
D Reduce RCS makeup: a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT | |||
elevation is stable or increasing. | |||
0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). | |||
: c. Locally close the following: | : c. Locally close the following: | ||
* XVG06662-SF. | * XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | ||
REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | * XVT06691-SF. SF PURIFICATION 0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT). | ||
* XVT06691-SF. | * XVD06694-SF. SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | ||
SF PURIFICATION 0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT). | * XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412). | ||
* XVD06694-SF. | * XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412). | ||
SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT). | * XVD06692-SF. SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . | ||
* XVG06664-SF. | * PAGE 21 OF 39 | ||
REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412). | |||
* XVG06651-SF. | AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | ||
SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412). | * ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 30 Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal: | ||
* XVD06692-SF. | ALTERNATIVE ACTION | ||
SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . PAGE 21 OF 39 | : a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS 0 a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft. 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32. | ||
RETURN TO Step 5. 0 | |||
: b. Realign RB Spray Train A to b. Realign RB Spray Train B to normal: normal: | |||
: 1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. | |||
: 2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. | |||
: 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374). ISOL VALVE (AB-374). | |||
: 4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374). | |||
* | : 5) Open MVG-3001A. 0 5) Open MVG-3001B. 0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. | ||
: 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) . | |||
31 RETURN TO Step 5. 0 32 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown: | |||
PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B. | |||
PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. | |||
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B. | |||
SUMP ISOL LOOP B. 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. | |||
0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. | |||
0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374). | |||
ISOL VALVE (AB-374). | |||
: 4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP. | |||
RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP. | |||
RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374). | |||
: 5) Open MVG-3001A. | |||
0 5) Open MVG-3001B. | |||
0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) . RETURN TO Step 5. 0 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown: | |||
are stable OR decreasing. | are stable OR decreasing. | ||
a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. PAGE 22 OF 39 | a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. | ||
b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. | |||
* PAGE 22 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 33 Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F: | |||
: a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION THAN 50°F/hr. | |||
: b. Operate an RHR loop to continue 0 RCS coo1down. REFER TO SOP-115. | |||
RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. | |||
: c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140° F. | |||
34 Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following: | |||
REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140° F. Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following: | |||
* Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0 | * Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0 | ||
* Vi deo Monitor. 0 | * Vi deo Monitor. 0 | ||
* Sight Glass (local). 0 | * Sight Glass (local). 0 | ||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches). | * LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches). | ||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES | * | ||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES (L-1331) (15.5 inches). | |||
35 Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions 0 | |||
exist: | |||
* Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected. | * Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected. | ||
OR | OR | ||
* Pressurizer level is GREATER 0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462. COLD CAL LEVEL %. Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions. - | * Pressurizer level is GREATER 0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462. | ||
COLD CAL LEVEL %. | |||
36 Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions. | |||
I- End of AOP 115.5 I - - - - - - - - - - - | |||
* PAGE 23 OF 39 | |||
AOP~1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION PAGE 1 OF 2 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running. | |||
* | 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. | ||
1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be 0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7. | |||
2 Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108. 0 CHG LINE ISOL. | |||
3 Align Charging to the RCS Cold 3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs: RCS Cold Legs: | |||
: a. Open MVG~8801A(B). 0 a) Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. | |||
b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B). 0 | |||
: b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ. | |||
on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT are closed. | |||
LG FLOW GPM. | |||
c) Open MVG-8885. 0 | |||
: c. Close MVG 8106. CHG PP. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. | |||
Miniflow Isolation . | |||
d) Close MVG-8106. CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation. | |||
e) Close MVT-8105. 0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. | |||
f) Start one Charging Pump. 0 4 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow: 4 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 | |||
* FI-943. 0 GO TO Step 7. 0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. | |||
OR | OR | ||
* | * FI~940. 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. | ||
5 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. | |||
6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . | |||
* | PAGE 24 OF 39 | ||
0 | AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION PAGE 2 OF 2 | ||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: | |||
0 | ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: | ||
: a. Close MVG~8701A and MVG-8702A. 0 a) Close MVG~8701B and MVG~8702B. 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. RCS LP C TO PUMP B. | |||
: b. Close MVG-8887B. 0 b) Close MVG~8887A. 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: c. Open MVG~8809A. 0 c) Open MVG~8809B. 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. RWST TO RHR PP B. | |||
* | : d. Open MVG~8888A. 0 d) Open MVG~8888B. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | ||
* | : e. Ensure HCV~603A. A OUTLET. is 0 e) Ensure HCV~603B. B OUTLET. is 0 open. open. | ||
: f. Ensure open. | |||
FCV~605A. A BYP. is o f) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is open. | |||
o 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: | |||
MONITORING: | |||
* Sight Glass (local). o | |||
* LR~1330. LP A LVL INCHES o (L-1330) . | |||
* Video monitor. o | |||
* LR~1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L~1331). | |||
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -- | |||
10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . | |||
* PAGE 25 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 1 OF 2 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running. | |||
D ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. | |||
* | 1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be D started. THEN GO TO Step 7. | ||
* LP C LVL INCHES | 2 Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level. | ||
B | 3 Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL 3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: | ||
MONITORING: | |||
* Sight Glass (local). D | |||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L -1330). | |||
* Vi deo monitor. D | |||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331). | |||
4 Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is D 4 GO TO Step 7. D increasing . | |||
5 Restore ReS Hot Leg level to D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. | |||
6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 19 . | |||
* PAGE 29 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 2 OF 2 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: | |||
: a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A. [] a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. [] | |||
RCS LP A TO PUMP A. RCS LP C TO PUMP B. | |||
: b. Close MVG-8887B. [] b) Close MVG-8887A. [] | |||
RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: c. Open MVG-8809A. [] c) Open MVG-8809B. [] | |||
RWST TO RHR PP A. RWST TO RHR PP B. | |||
: d. Open MVG-8888A. [] d) Open MVG-8888B. [] | |||
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | |||
: e. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is [] e) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is [] | |||
open. open. | |||
: f. Ensure FCV-605A. A BYP. is [] f) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is [] | |||
open. open. | |||
8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: | |||
MONITORING: | |||
* Sight Glass (local). [] | |||
* LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] | |||
(L-1330)' | |||
* Vi dec monitor. [] | |||
* LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] | |||
(L-1331). | |||
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to [] | |||
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. - | |||
10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps, [] | |||
Step 19. | |||
* PAGE 30 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 1 OF 7 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running. | |||
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 GO TO Step 9. 0 2 Check if Charging is aligned for 2 GO TO Step 7. 0 Hot Leg Injection: | |||
* MVG-8884 or MVG-8886. CHG 0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open . | |||
* SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. | |||
3 Terminate Hot Leg Injection: | |||
: a. Stop QllY running Charging Pump. 0 | |||
: b. Open both LCV-115C(E). 0 VCT OUTLET ISOL. | |||
: c. Close both LCV-115B(D). 0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT . | |||
: d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. 0 | |||
: e. Open both MVG-8107 and 0 MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL. | |||
: f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation. | |||
: g. Close MVG-8884. 0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: h. Close MVG-8886. 0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
i . Start one Charging Pump. 0 | |||
: j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to 0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. | |||
4 Monitor RCS level. 0 5 Verify RCS level is stable or 0 5 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING 0 increasing . HOT LEG INJECTION. | |||
* PAGE 31 OF 39 | |||
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 2 OF 7 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. | |||
Step 28. | |||
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Check if Charging is aligned for 7 GO TO Step 12. 0 Cold Leg Injection: | |||
: a. One of the following valves is open: | : a. One of the following valves is open: | ||
* MVG-8801A(B). | * MVG-8801A(B). 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. | ||
0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. OR | OR | ||
* MVG-8885. | * MVG-8885. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. | ||
0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. PAGE 32 OF 39 | : b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) | ||
CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. | |||
* PAGE 32 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 3 OF 7 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 8 Terminate Cold Leg Injection: | |||
: a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
: b. Open both LCV-115CCE). D VCT OUTLET I SOL. | |||
: c. Close both LCV-115BCD). D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. | |||
: d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D | |||
: e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL. | |||
: a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D b. Open both LCV-115CCE). | : f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation. | ||
D VCT OUTLET I SOL. c. Close both LCV-115BCD). | |||
D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108. | |||
CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106. | |||
CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation. | |||
: g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed: | : g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed: | ||
* MVG-8801ACB). | * MVG-8801ACB). D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ . | ||
D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ . | * | ||
* MVG-8885. | * MVG-8885. | ||
CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. | |||
: h. Start one Charging Pump. | |||
COLD LEG INJECTION. | : i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D | ||
RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 . PAGE 33 OF 39 | D D | ||
obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. | |||
9 Monitor RCS level. D 10 Verify RCS level is stable or D 10 GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING D increasing. COLD LEG INJECTION. | |||
11 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 . | |||
* PAGE 33 OF 39 | |||
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 4 OF 7 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 12 Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS: | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 | |||
: a. XPP~0031A. PUMP A. is secured. 0 | |||
: b. MVG~8809A. RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open. | |||
: c. MVG~8701A and MVG~8702A. 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed. | |||
: d. One of the following is open: | |||
* MVG~8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. | |||
* MVG~8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . | |||
* PAGE 34 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 5 OF 7 | |||
* 13 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Realign RHR Loop A: | |||
: a. Close both of the following: | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
* MVG-8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. | |||
* MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: b. Monitor RCS level. 0 | |||
: c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. Perform the following: | |||
increasing. | |||
PUMP A. is secured. 0 b. | |||
RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open. c. | |||
and 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed. d. One of the following is open: | |||
* 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. | |||
* 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 34 OF 39 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE | |||
* MVG-8888A. | |||
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. | |||
* MVG-8889. | |||
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS level. 0 c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. | |||
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed: | : 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed: | ||
* MVG-8888A. | * MVG-8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. | ||
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. OR | OR | ||
* MVG-8889. | * MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . | ||
RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. | : 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28. | ||
: d. Close MVG-8809A. 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. | |||
: e. Open both MVG-8701A and 0 MVG-8702A. RCS LP A TO PUMP A. | |||
: f. Open MVG-8887B. 0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: g. Open MVG-8888A. 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. | |||
: h. Set FCV-605A. A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A. A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 . | |||
* PAGE 35 OF 39 | |||
0 RWST TO RHR PP A. e. Open both MVG-8701A and 0 MVG-8702A. | |||
RCS LP A TO PUMP A. f. Open MVG-8887B. | AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 6 OF 7 | ||
0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888A. | * ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 15 Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS: | ||
0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605A. | ALTERNATIVE ACTION 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. | ||
A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A. | Step 28. | ||
A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 . | 0 | ||
* PAGE 35 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following: | : a. XPP-0031B. PUMP B. is OFF. 0 | ||
: b. MVG-8809B. RWST TO RHR PP B. is 0 open. | |||
: c. MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. are closed. | |||
: d. One of the following is open: | |||
* MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | |||
* MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . | |||
* PAGE 36 OF 39 | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 7 OF 7 | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B: | |||
: a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng ALTERNATIVE ACTION are closed: | |||
: 1) MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | |||
: 2) MVG-8889. 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: b. Monitor RCS 1evel . 0 | |||
: c. Veri fy RCS 1eve 1 is stable or 0 c. Perform the following: | |||
increasing. | |||
: 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed: | : 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed: | ||
* MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | |||
OR | |||
* MVG-8889 . 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28. | |||
: d. Close MVG-8809B. 0 RWST TO RHR PP B. | |||
: e. Open both MVG-8701B and 0 MVG-8702B. RCS LP C TO PUMP B. | |||
: f. Open MVG-8887A. 0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. | |||
: g. Open MVG-8888B. 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | |||
: h. Set FCV-605B. B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 . | |||
* MVG-8888B. | * PAGE 37 OF 39 | ||
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 | |||
* RVLlS INDICATIONS UPPER ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 PLENUM ELEVATION | |||
(%) <Fn (Fn 110 100 90 80 70 | |||
* MANSELUMIDLOOP MONITOR MANSELUMIDLDOP ELEVATION INCHES INCHES RVLlS UPPER (FT) ABOVE ABOVECL CL PLENUM (%) | |||
430'0" 430' 0" 5% | |||
5% -9 65.3 430' 8 %"W' 14 *1/2 | |||
-1/2 66.9 CENTERLINE 430'9" 14% | |||
14 Yl 0 67.0 67 .0 430' 10" 15 1/2 15% 1 67.2 430' 11" 11 " 16% | |||
16 '12 2 67.4 67 .4 431' 1" 431'1" 18% | |||
* MVG-8889. | 18 '12 4 67.8 67 .8 431' 431'3"3" 20% | ||
0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . | 20 '12 6 68.2 431' 5" 22% | ||
22 % 8 68,7 68.7 BOTTOM OF SG BOWL 431'' 10" 431 27 '12 27% 13 69.7 It 431' 10 %" | |||
431'10 '/2" 28 13 '12% 69.8 OF Hl PIPE 431'' 11 %" | |||
431 29 14 '12 14% 70.0 RCPFLANGE 435' 435'0" 0" //////11/ | |||
111111111 111111111 | |||
//////11/ 77.7 | |||
* RVFLANGE PAGE 38 OF 39 437' 7.4" 111111111 | |||
//11//11/ 111111111 | |||
//////11/ 84.3 | |||
0 RWST TO RHR PP B. e. Open both MVG-8701B and 0 MVG-8702B. | |||
RCS LP C TO PUMP B. f. Open MVG-8887A. | |||
0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888B. | |||
0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605B. | |||
B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 . | |||
* PAGE 37 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 | |||
* | |||
RVLlS INDICATIONS | |||
<Fn MANSELUMIDLOOP MONITOR ELEVATION INCHES INCHES (FT) ABOVE CL 430'0" 5% -9 430' 8 %" 14 -1/2 430'9" 14% 0 430' 10" 15% 1 430' 11" 16% 2 431' 1" | |||
* | |||
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431 _._- - ,~-~.- | |||
._._---_. 19%" | |||
2" | |||
: I I I I 1-- TECH SPEC V 431' I REQmRED FLOW | |||
/ | |||
V 19" 1'1.' I >2800GPMIN R V E | |||
flllODE6 431' Q 1" 18'1.' | |||
I U | |||
I R | |||
E 431' "12" REGION OF I | |||
I I | |||
I | |||
/ | |||
V 18" R D | |||
ACCEPTABLE OPERATION I I | |||
V E H 431' IN MODE 5 I V | |||
/ 17'1.' | |||
Q U | |||
lV 0 I T R 430' E 17" L 11%" | |||
* D E | |||
V* I REGION OF | |||
* G I UNACCEPTABLE I OPERATION H 430' 11" | |||
* 16%" 0 L | |||
E V | |||
E 430' 10'1.' | |||
) | |||
V I I | |||
I | |||
* 16" T | |||
L E | |||
L V I I G E | |||
430' 10" . / I I | |||
15'1.' L L | |||
E I I I | |||
E V | |||
A 430' 9'/.' | |||
If | |||
/ I L | |||
I 15" V | |||
E L | |||
T I | |||
0 N | |||
430' 9" | |||
If I I I | |||
I 1 | |||
14'/.' | |||
430' 8'1.' | |||
/ 1 I | |||
I I | |||
14" I | |||
430' 8" I L 13%" | |||
* 1,000 1.soo 2,000 3.000 RHR LOOP FLOW (GPM) | |||
PAGE 39 OF 39 uoo 4.000 | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0228 RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED) | |||
APPRO~~'fL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV NO: 1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER: | |||
THIS JPM IS APPROVED | |||
* MOlltiay. JIIII£' 12, 1()()9 Pag£' I 0/9 | |||
TASK: | |||
045-020-04-01 RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP TASK STANDARD: | |||
Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated. | |||
RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated. | PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | ||
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated. | |||
PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 045000K447 K4.47 Turbine trip upon reactor trip 4.0 4.3 000007A101 EA1.01 T/G controls 3.7 3.4 000007A107 EA1.07 MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has 4.3 4.3 been tripped 000007A202 EA2.02 Proper actions to be taken if the 4.3 4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME 10 TIME CRITICAL No 10CFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG: SAT: UNSAT: | |||
EXAMINER: | |||
SI(iNATtJRE DATE | |||
* Jfollday. Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9 Page 1 of9 | |||
* READ TO OPERA TOR: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions. | |||
INITIA. TING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. | |||
HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE! | |||
* Monday, Jllne 21. l()09 Page 3 of9 | |||
* STEPS CUES: | |||
STEP: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify Turbine/Generator Trip: Operator determines main turbine has | |||
: a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM closed. STOP VLV status lights and/or LVDT current indicates stop valves still open. | |||
C01"li"IENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Trip the turbine. Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise. | |||
Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* Monday. June 12. 1009 Page 50f9 | |||
* CUES: | |||
STEP: 4 CR SEQ STEP STANDA.RD: | |||
Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red NON-A. lights OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDA.RD: | |||
Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies Locally trip the Main Turbine from the main turbine trip indication via XCP-Turbine Front Standard (TB-463). 6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or LVDT meter readings. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES: | |||
*NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually | |||
* from MCB. | |||
I ______ ------------------------------~ | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR delay): and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF. | |||
: 1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open. Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is | |||
: 2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open. tripped; green light ON and red light | |||
: 3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* .llonday. June 21, ]()()9 Page 6 0/9 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify both ESF busses are energized. Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Check if SI is actuated: Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT Check if either: lit. | |||
SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1- AND 1. | |||
checks XCP-626 top row and OR determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit. | |||
Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row. Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* Honday, June 21, 2009 Page 'i of9 | |||
* CR SEQ CL'ES: | |||
STEP: 9 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Check if SI is required: Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 Check if any of the following conditions exist: psig. | |||
- PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig. | |||
- RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig. | |||
- Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig. | |||
- Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid. | |||
COMil'IENTS: SAT _ _ | |||
UNSAT STEP: 10 CUES: | |||
1------------------------------------. | |||
I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850 I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR | |||
.p!.e~u!.e is ~ 1~5~ p~i~ ___________________________ .: | |||
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Actuate SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. | |||
STEP STANDARD: | |||
Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
* .l!onJay* .llIne 21, 1()()9 Page 8 of9 | |||
* JPM NO: JPSF-022B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED) | |||
IC SET: 13 INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
: 1. RUN | |||
: 2. Activate: | |||
MAL-TUR020 SELECT= BOTH (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual) | |||
MAL-RCS006C SET = (???) (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3) | |||
MALF MSS006A SET = Fail to Close (MSIV'A') | |||
MALF MSS006B SET = Fail to Close (MSIV'B') | |||
MALF MSS006C = | |||
SET Fail to Close (MSIV'C') | |||
MALF PCS005A SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A') | |||
MALF PCS005B = | |||
SET Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B') | |||
* 3. When student ready: | |||
RUN | |||
: 4. When requested, activate: | |||
LOA-TUR011 SELECT=TRIP (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard) | |||
Set Trigger #1. | |||
COi\;LUENTS: | |||
* MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09 Page 90f9 | |||
JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions. | |||
INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
Jfontiay. Jllne 12, 2()()9 | |||
SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION: | |||
The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions. | |||
INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK | |||
Jllne 12, 2()()9 | |||
f. | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES) | |||
APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 C ANOIDA Tf': | |||
EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED | |||
* TASK: 026-005-01-01 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY | * ,lfollda),* .lillie 12. 2009 Page J of9 | ||
At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure. | * TASK: | ||
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | 026-005-01-01 TASK STANDARD: | ||
TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR | MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured. | |||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls 4.5 4.3 000011A104 EA1.04 ESF actuation system in manual 4.4 4.4 026000A203 A2.03 Failure of ESF 4.1 4.4 TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME 5 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME | |||
EOP-1.0 INDEX NO. KIA NO. 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls | -- ~- ~- ---~- -- -_.- -- --- | ||
---_.------PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAll'lINER: | PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: | ||
SIGNATURE DATE Mllllday. | EXAll'lINER: | ||
JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9 | SIGNATURE DATE | ||
* Mllllday. JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9 | |||
* | * READ TO OPERA TOR: | ||
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION: | INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | ||
The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred. | SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: | ||
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation. | INITIAL CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred. | ||
HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME' Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9 | INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation. | ||
* | HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME' | ||
* Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9 | |||
* STEPS CUES: | |||
STEP: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STA.NDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify RB pressure has remained LESS Operator locates PR-951, determines THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951), RB pressure> 12 psig and goes to red pen. Alternative Action. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify both of the following annunciators are Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 lit: 2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit. | |||
Operator | - XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). | ||
- XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL). | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
1------------------------------------ . | |||
*EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of * | |||
*spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not * | |||
Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 | .~~----------------------------------. | ||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 actuate RB Spray by placing the following AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE switches to ACTUATE: position. | |||
* | - Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2. | ||
OR | |||
- Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2. | |||
COJ-I/'rfENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 Page -' 0/9 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are the following lits are NOT lit: | |||
CR SEQ Yes Yes | bright on XCP-6105. | ||
MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN COMiUENTS: SAT | |||
* CUES: | |||
SAT UNSAT | STEP: 5 UNSAT CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG- | |||
- MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP 3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN. | |||
A(B) SUCT. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. | |||
COiUMENTS: SAT _~ ___ ~ | |||
UNSAT | |||
Operator | * MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009 Page 6 0/9 | ||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 6 STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG- | |||
- MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP 3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN. | |||
A(B) SUeT. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 7 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
* * | Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG- | ||
* | - MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP 3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN. | ||
* COMMENTS: | |||
A(B) . Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. | |||
SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in NORMAL-AFTER-START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps. | |||
COJJMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* HOliday* .lillie 22. 2009 Page':' 0/9 | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 9 STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 2500 gpm for each operating train on: and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm. | |||
- FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM. | |||
- FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 10 CUES: | |||
1------------------------------------ * | |||
*NOTE: RCPs may be stopped any time following RB Spray/Phase B Isolation actuation, but must * | |||
*b2 ~o~~ !2.Y ,2t ~a~t !l'i~s~p.ln .lh~*.pr.oc~,!;!r~ __________________ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Stop all RCPs. Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps. | |||
COMJl-fENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
* ;\fonda),* .lillie n. 2009 Page 8 of9 | |||
* JP1U NO: JPSF-019B JPl\-l SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN | |||
'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES) | |||
IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS: | IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
1.Activate: | 1.Activate: | ||
BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA 1 (Train A) OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA2 (Train A) NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES???? | BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) | ||
2.RUN until RB pressure> | CS-SGA 1 (Train A) | ||
12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running. 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0. 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS: | OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) | ||
CS-SGA2 (Train A) | |||
NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES???? | |||
2.RUN until RB pressure> 12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running. | |||
: 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0. | |||
: 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS: | |||
Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function. | Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function. | ||
MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9 | * MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9 | ||
JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: | |||
INITL4.L CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred. | |||
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation. | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
Jfol1doy* .lime 22. 2009 | |||
EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE | |||
* 8 Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951. | |||
RB PSIG (P-951). red pen. | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION D | |||
* 8 Perform the following: | |||
* | a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit: | ||
* TASK: TASK STANDARD: | * XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). D | ||
RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV. TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed. PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD PERFORM | * XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). D IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE: | ||
* Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2. D OR | |||
* Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2. D b) Verify Phase B Isolation by D ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 . | |||
* c) Ensure the following are open: | |||
* MVG-3001A(B), | |||
RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT . | |||
D | |||
* MVG-3002A(B), D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT. | |||
* MVG-3003A(B). D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B). | |||
d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are D running. | |||
e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on: | |||
* FI-7368, D SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM. | |||
* FI-7378, D SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. | |||
f) Stop Qll RCPs. D | |||
* PAGE 6 OF 33 | |||
* V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-150A DEPRESSURIZE Res TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER: | |||
THIS JPM IS APPROVED | |||
* Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009 Page lof7 | |||
* TASK: | |||
TASK STANDARD: | |||
RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV. | |||
TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed. | |||
PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
INDEX NO. KIA NO. 000038A104 EA1.04 | INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000038A104 EA1.04 PZR spray, to reduce coolant system 4.3 4.1 pressure 0000092123 2.1.23 Ability to perform specific system and 4.3 4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation. | ||
* 00WE03A101 TOOLS: | |||
EA1.1 EOP-2.1 Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 4.0 4.0 EVALUA TION TIME 10 TIllIE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START: TllvlE FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: | |||
Components, and functions of control | -~-~-----~ ---~~~--- _.. --,,-.--~~ | ||
_ .. | PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: L!NSAT: | ||
SAT: L!NSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page1o/7 | E.XAMINER: | ||
* | SIGNATURE DATE | ||
* M01lday* .Il1ne 11. 1009 Page1o/7 | |||
* READ TO OPERA TOR: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1. POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION. | |||
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8. | |||
HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME' | |||
* ilJonday. June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7 | |||
* STEPS CUES: | |||
STEP: | |||
I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. | 1------------------------------------. | ||
WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. | |||
THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION: | |||
A LOCA is in progress. | |||
The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1. POST -LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION. | |||
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME' ilJonday. | |||
June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7 | |||
* | |||
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in: | :EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in: | ||
E,ZB a.!0ll,0"!-u£ | .0.Eer.at~n.l.if,1h~ o.ee~t2.'" 2.ttE!.mE.ts..!0~s2 E,ZB ~r~y 'ya.!.ve~, .2s~ a.!0ll,0"!-u£ CJ..u~ti.2n~ ____ | ||
____ | * CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: -Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. | Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: Operator selects PZR Spray valves to | ||
: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: operate. | |||
- Using RCP A: Locates and depresses OPEN button on | |||
: 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. PCV-444D controller; notes red light | |||
: 2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OFF and green light ON. | |||
OR Locates and depresses CLOSED button | |||
- Using RCP B: on PCV-444C controller; notes red light | |||
: 1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OFF and green light ON. | |||
: 2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action. | |||
CO,tfMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* CUES: | |||
la~s2.ci.2.te2 CR SEQ STEP: 2 | |||
* NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for | * NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for | ||
~o~k '!.a~e;.. ___________________________ | |||
STEP STANDARD: | |||
Operator locates and places control switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. | .I Yes Yes Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to Operator locates and places control depressurize the RCS. switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. | ||
COil-lMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
: | * Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 Page 50f7 | ||
* CUES: | |||
STEP: 3 IE~a~al0r:.N2.te.;. ~d~r~e .£o~d~o~s ~iILaePl~ ___________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% Operator locates and verifies PZR level | |||
[50%]. indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value). | |||
COMJl'fENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 4 CUES: | |||
* | CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
Yes Yes Stop RCS depressurization. After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE. | |||
Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 | Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close. | ||
Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. | |||
* | COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point. | ||
* Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 6 of7 | |||
___________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% | * JP]f NO: JPSF-150A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
: 1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed) | |||
VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed) | |||
: 2. RUN | |||
Operator locates and verifies PZR level indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value). SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD: | : 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7. | ||
After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE. Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close. Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF | : 4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST | ||
: 6. FREEZE | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 | |||
* | |||
DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
: 1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed) VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed) 2. RUN 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7. 4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST 6. FREEZE | |||
* 7. When examinee is ready, RUN. | * 7. When examinee is ready, RUN. | ||
: 8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction: | |||
PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL) | PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL) | ||
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL) | SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL) | ||
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL) | SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL) | ||
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner. | SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 | ||
: 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner. | |||
COiUMENTS: | COiUMENTS: | ||
MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7 | * MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7 | ||
JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION. | |||
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8. | |||
* HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK . | |||
.1follllay. JUlie 21. 1()()9 | |||
EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION | |||
* ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service: | |||
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1£ SI has been terminated. THEN GO TO Step 13. | |||
D | |||
SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION: | * Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943. | ||
A LOCA is in progress. | CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. | ||
The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION. | OR | ||
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK | * Any RHR Pump is running in the D SI Mode. | ||
NOTE - Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level. | |||
8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: | |||
* a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: | |||
* Using RCP A: | |||
: 1) Open PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D | |||
JUlie 21. 1()()9 | : a. Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to depressurize the RCS . | ||
D | |||
: 2) Close PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D OR | |||
* Using RCPs B AND C: | |||
: 1) Open PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D | |||
THEN GO TO Step 13 | : 2) Close PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D | ||
: b. Verify PZR 1eve 1 is GREATER D b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D THAN 30% [50%]. 30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8. | |||
CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9. | |||
: c. Stop RCS depressurization. D | |||
* PAGE 6 OF 21 | |||
~ | |||
(120 V~(j) | |||
V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O: JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL: WRQ APPRm~IL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l ~"'[)I[)A rF EX.\~IINFR THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 Puge I of 15 | |||
* Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR | |||
* Any RHR Pump is running in the D SI Mode | 8 J:4SK: | ||
TASK SJ:4SDARD: | |||
* Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D. | |||
PZR | |||
PZR SPRAY. D OR | |||
* Using RCPs B AND C: 1) Open PCV-444C. | |||
PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444D. | |||
PZR SPRAY. D b. Verify PZR | |||
D | |||
WRQ DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l rF THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 | |||
Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied. | Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied. | ||
TERMIN.*' | TERMIN.*' TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete. | ||
TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete. | PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION ,\fETHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM | ||
PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION | |||
,\fETHOD PERFORM | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
/.'VDEXNO. | /.'VDEXNO. KIA NO. RO SRO 015000A303 A3.03 Verification of proper 3.9 3.9 functioning/operability 015000A402 A4.02 NIS indicators 3.9 3.9 TOOLS: STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME 25 TIME CRITICAL NO JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 TIML START riME EI'IISfI: PLRfORMANCF TIME PERFOR~14NCE RA.T1NG: S:\T U~S.\T: | ||
EXAIIJINER: | |||
Jfonaay, June n, 11)09 | SI(;NATURE IJATE Jfonaay, June n, 11)09 | ||
*" READ TO OPERATOR: | |||
Attachment I | INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | ||
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: None 1/vITl4L CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions. | |||
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. | |||
* HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda),* .lillie 11. 2009 Page J flf I5 | |||
, | |||
--* STEPS ClES: | |||
STEP: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Record Reactor power on Attachments I and Operator records approximately 60 cps II. on Attachment I. | |||
COllJME.VTS: SAT U,vSAT STEP: 2 CVES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the | |||
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator | |||
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP- (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB 620 4-5) alarms. CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. | |||
: 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT U;VSAT | |||
;\fonday. Jllne n. 20119 PUKe 5 oj 15 | |||
(I STEP: 4 CVES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR Operator turns the OPERATIONAL switch to LEVEL ADJUST. SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. | |||
COMJIE:YTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit | |||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST | |||
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. | |||
3-4) alarms. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STA!VDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the POWER ABOVE potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. | |||
COMiIIENTS: SAT UNSAT lfollJay. Jllne 21. 1009 Page 6 of 15 | |||
STEP: 7 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit. | |||
: 1) P6 monitor light is lit. | |||
: 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. | |||
COM,'.IEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/- | |||
Attachment I. 0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. | |||
COIIIIIIENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise drawer light is lit. until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT II00Ido)' * .JlIne 11. 20/19 Page 7 of 15 | |||
8 STEP: 10 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip Operator records approximately 20 (+/- | |||
setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. | |||
COM!.JENTS: SAT L'NSAT STEP: 11 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit. | |||
COiIU,fENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 12 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX is lit. HI monitor light on the MCB is lit. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
.!follday* .lillie 11. 2f1119 Page II "115 | |||
STEP: 13 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint Operator records approximately 25 (+/- | |||
on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. | |||
COiIJiIJENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 14 Cl'ES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL potentiometer on drawer N-35 TRIP drawer light extinguishes. counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes. | |||
COMiHENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 15 CVES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX is off. HI monitor light on the MCB is off. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9 Page 9 of 15 | |||
-* CVES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 16 STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset Operator records approximately 20 (+/- | |||
setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. | |||
COAfMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 17 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP ST*' NDA RD: | |||
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL potentiometer on drawer N-35 ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes. counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNS.4T STEP: 18 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset Operator records approximately 19 (+/- | |||
setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. | |||
COlIJ.'rIE:VTS: SAT UNSAT Jlollda),. JUlJe 11. 1009 Puge 10 of 15 | |||
& C['ES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 19 STEP STA/IiDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE potentiometer on drawer N-35 PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. | |||
COMJJEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 20 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off. | |||
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. | |||
: 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. | |||
COIllMENTS: SAT U;VSAT STEP: 21 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Operator records approximately 7(+/- | |||
Attachment I. 0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Monday, lillie 11, 1009 Page /I of 15 | |||
(I | |||
* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 22 Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise. | |||
* CUES | |||
STEP STANDARD: | STEP STANDARD: | ||
Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise. | Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise. | ||
COM,UENTS: SAT U.VSAT STEP: 23 CCES: | |||
SAT U.VSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position: | CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
TRIP 1: 25 (+1-5.0) TRIP 2: 19 (+1-5.0) TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1-0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%): | No Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch Operator turns the OPERATOR through all positions, recording the indication SELECTOR switch through all positions, for each position on Attachment I. recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position: | ||
4.5 (+1-0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1-0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (-5.0) STEP STANDARD: | TRIP 1: 25 (+1- 5.0) | ||
SAT UNSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL. SAT l;.vSAT Page 12 of 15 e | TRIP 2: 19 (+1- 5.0) | ||
TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1- 0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%): 4.5 (+1- 0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1- 0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (- 5.0) | |||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. COJUfE:VTS: | * COMMENTS: | ||
STEP: 26 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. COM.'l.JENTS: | CUES: | ||
STEP: 27 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following: | CR SEQ STEP: 24 STEP STANDARD: | ||
SAT UNSAT Yes Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to Operator turns the OPERATOR NORMAL. SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL. | |||
COMJIE\TS: SAT l;.vSAT | |||
.1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119 Page 12 of 15 | |||
e STEP: 25 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off | |||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator | |||
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears. | |||
3-4) clears. | |||
COJUfE:VTS: SAT UVSAT STEP: 26 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. | |||
COM.'l.JENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 27 CCES: | |||
-* | CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is | |||
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP | |||
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP- annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and 620 4-5) clears. the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light | |||
: 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. on the MCB is off. | |||
Operator enters "NORMAL" in the blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 .. CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch. STEP STANDARD: | COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | ||
'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009 Page I.i of 15 | |||
Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II. | |||
-* CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP: 28 STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Verify channel restoration by a second Operator enters "NORMAL" in the operator. blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 .. | |||
Examiner ends JPM at this point. \lollday * .fIlJle 12. ]()09 | CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch. | ||
COiHMENTS: SAT lWSAT STEP: 29 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency. Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II. | |||
-* | COM.'IlENTS: | ||
COM:HENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
* Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
\lollday* .fIlJle 12. ]()09 Ptlge U oIl5 | |||
-* JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION: | |||
INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST /c SET: INSTRUCTIONS: | JPM SETUP SHEET INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST | ||
COMMENTS: | /c SET: | ||
.\follda), * .Il1ne n. 1(}09 | INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
COMMENTS: | |||
.\follda),* .Il1ne n. 1(}09 | |||
SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION: | JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS: | ||
Mode 3, steady state conditions. | SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions. | ||
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Monday. June 12, 2009 | INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. | ||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
Monday. June 12, 2009 | |||
SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERAliONS COpy NO._ _ __ | |||
SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker 11/06/98 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR DATE Original Signed By: G. Williams 11/09/98 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE | |||
* CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION DATE CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE CANCELLATION DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required. | |||
Read Each Step Prior to Performing. | Read Each Step Prior to Performing. | ||
STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4 | |||
* 1.0 SECTION PURPOSE TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.0 PROCEDURE 7.0 DATA REQUIREMENTS 6 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 6 | |||
* 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 | ==9.0 REFERENCES== | ||
6 10.0 ENCLOSURES 6 ATTACHMENTS Attachment I Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data | |||
* Attachment II Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data | |||
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1. | |||
2.0 PRECAUTIONS 2.1 Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time. | |||
2.2 Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip. | |||
3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 None. | |||
4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 4.1 This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days. | |||
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following: | 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 None . | ||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following: | * 6.0 PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power. | ||
: | 6.1 Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. | ||
PAGE 1 OF 6 | |||
* | |||
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows: | |||
: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. | |||
: b. Verify the following: | |||
PAGE 2 OF 6 | : 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. | ||
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. | |||
: 3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. | |||
: c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. | |||
: | : d. Verify the following: | ||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. | |||
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. | |||
: e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. | |||
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise. | : f. Verify the following: | ||
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following: | : 1) P6 monitor light is lit. | ||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. | : 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. | ||
: g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. | |||
* h. | |||
i. | |||
j. | |||
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. | |||
Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. | |||
Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. | |||
: k. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. | |||
I. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. | |||
: m. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes. | |||
PAGE 2 OF 6 | |||
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 | |||
: n. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. | |||
: o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. | |||
: p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. | |||
: q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. | |||
: r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. | |||
: s. Verify the following: | |||
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. | |||
: 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. | |||
: 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. | |||
: u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise. | |||
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. | |||
: w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. | |||
: x. Verify the following: | |||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. | |||
* y. | |||
z. | |||
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. | |||
Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. | |||
Verify the following: | |||
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. | |||
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. | |||
: 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. | |||
aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator. | |||
PAGE 3 OF 6 | PAGE 3 OF 6 | ||
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.3 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows: | |||
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following: | : a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. | ||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following: | : b. Verify the following: | ||
: | : 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. | ||
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. | |||
: 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. | |||
: c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. | |||
: d. Verify the following: | |||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. | |||
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. | |||
: e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. | |||
: f. Verify the following: | |||
: 1) P6 monitor light is lit. | |||
: 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit. | |||
: g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II. | |||
* h. | |||
i. | |||
j. | |||
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. | |||
Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II. | |||
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. | |||
: k. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. | |||
I. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II. | |||
: m. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes. | |||
PAGE 4 OF6 | PAGE 4 OF6 | ||
==9.0 REFERENCES== | STP-102.003 REVISION 4 | ||
: n. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. | |||
: o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II. | |||
: p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. | |||
: q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II. | |||
: r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. | |||
: s. Verify the following: | |||
: 1) P6 monitor light is off. | |||
: 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is off. | |||
: t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II. | |||
: u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise. | |||
: v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II. | |||
: w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. | |||
: x. Verify the following: | |||
: 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. | |||
* y. | |||
z. | |||
: 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. | |||
Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. | |||
Verify the following: | |||
: 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. | |||
: 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. | |||
: 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. | |||
aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator. | |||
PAGE 5 OF 6 | |||
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4 Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded. | |||
7.0 DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1 All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II. | |||
8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints. | |||
==9.0 REFERENCES== | |||
9.1 V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1. | |||
9.2 1MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual. | |||
10.0 ENCLOSURES 10.1 None. | |||
PAGE 6 OF 6 | |||
STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ___ _____ _ | |||
INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA | |||
: 1. REACTOR POWER _ __ __ __ | |||
: 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC EXPECTED AS FOUND ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE %PWR %PWR POWER ABOVE TRIP ~ 7.5 X 10-6% ~ 4.5 X 10-60/0 7.5 X 10-6% | |||
PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A 6.7 X 10-6% | |||
PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A 20% | |||
STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP 5.25% 5. 31% 25% | |||
HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A N/A | |||
: 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT | |||
: 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) | |||
2% | |||
10-2% | |||
10-100% | |||
: 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ | |||
LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ ___ __ __ ________ __ _ _ ___ _ _ | |||
STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# _ _ __ | |||
INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA | |||
: 1. REACTOR POWER_ _ _ __ | |||
: 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC EXPECTED AS FOUND ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE %PWR %PWR POWER ABOVE TRIP ~ 7.5 X 10-60/0 ~ 4.5 X 10-6% 7.5 X 10-6% | |||
PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A 6.7 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A 20% | |||
STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP ~25% ~31% 25% | |||
HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A N/A | |||
: 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT | |||
: 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) | |||
10-2% | |||
100% | |||
: 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ | |||
LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ | |||
l V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI ;'10: JPPF-096A LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR APPRm:4L: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED | |||
,\lollda),. JlIlle 11. 1009 Page lof9 | |||
-* TASK: | |||
000-117-05-04 TASK STANDARD: | |||
RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436). The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip". | |||
TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436). | |||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED E'~ILUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE | |||
The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436). | |||
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip". TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436). | |||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED METHOD SIMULATE | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
EOP-13.0 RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000029A112 EA1.12 MIG set power supply and reactor trip 4.1 4.0 breakers 000029A111 EA1.11 Manual opening of the CRDS breakers 3.9 4.1 0000292130 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate 4.4 4.0 components, including local controls. | |||
TOOLS: EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE 10 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)8 | |||
* TIML START: | |||
PERFORMANCE RATING: | |||
EXAMINER: | |||
TIMIIINISIi' SAT' UNS,\T PERI ()R~IAN('E SIGN,\TURE TIM!" | |||
D.\TE | |||
,Ifill/day* .lillie n. 2009 Page ]of9 | |||
* READ TO OPERATOR: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. | |||
INITIA TlNG CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1. | |||
.:A------------------------------~ | |||
T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : | |||
:ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT! : | |||
.------------------------------~ | |||
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : | |||
IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I | |||
:PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : | |||
L I ______________________________ ~I I I HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.' | |||
\louda)', .fllne 11, 2009 PU1le 3 of9 | |||
-* STEPS CVES: | |||
STEP: | |||
1------------------------------------. | |||
:EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp: | |||
land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications. | |||
IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them . | |||
I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations. Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted); | |||
Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR | |||
~c2v2!a.!!s21~~p.La~~e~h1.rt~n.2.p2n,ts* _____________________ ~ | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes Locally open both reactor trip breakers. Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers. | |||
COiIJMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
STEP STANDARD: | |||
CR SEQ No Yes Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags. | |||
COMJ'j,IENTS: SAT UNSAT Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009 PageS of9 | |||
"* CCES: | |||
STEP: 3 | |||
.------------------------------------~ | |||
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light | |||
,a,!!d~al ,,!h~ I~h.!,i~*.o.t'"~ft!r .!.h~ '2P~a~ 2,a~ 2! !beJ>i~o!.gljp~ ___________ .. | |||
I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR Operator opens MG set generator breaker. breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 4 CUES: | |||
1------------------------------------. | |||
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light : | |||
,a,!!d~al "rh~ I~h.!, iiLL!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i '2P~a!2 2,a stt 2! !bejli~o!...9r:!P~ ___________ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP ST4NDARD: | |||
Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker. Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and: | |||
,s,2y ":T~s..!.ig,bt ~ 9,F,E" ~ft~ !!:,e,l: o~!.a~ e~c,b ~ t!l.e £is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;. ____________ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR Operator attempts to open MG set breaker. generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position. | |||
COMM E.'VTS: SAT CiVSAT Ifollday* ./1I11l! 22. 1009 PlIgeo of9 | |||
STEP: 6 CL'ES: | |||
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and: | |||
IS~y ':T~s.,!!g,bt ~ QF,E" ~ft~ ~ej; o~,!;.a~ e~c,b '! t!;,e ~is.!.oljJri£s.;. ____________ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker. Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position. | |||
COJI*JfENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 7 CUES: | |||
:EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. | |||
IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing. | |||
I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1. | |||
STEP STANDARD: | |||
CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436) in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
.Hollday. June 12, 1009 Page 7 n/9 | |||
STEP: 8 Cl'ES: | |||
:EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and | |||
,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. | |||
'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If | |||
'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say | |||
'"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red | |||
'"CLOSED" flag is showing. | |||
'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require | |||
!~~rC!.L2.vo;! 1,,;, _____________________________ _ | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412) in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results. | |||
COLlU.tENTS: SAT lINSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 Puge 8 0/9 | |||
* JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION: | |||
ICSET: | |||
JPM SETUP SHEET LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
:EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and ,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. 'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If 'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say '"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red '"CLOSED" flag is showing. | |||
ISP-027 would require 1,,;, _____________________________ | |||
Examiner ends JPM at this point. Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 | |||
* | |||
LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR | |||
COJfMENTS: | COJfMENTS: | ||
~f""da)', Jlln, 11, 2009 Pu!(e 90[9 | |||
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip. | |||
but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. | |||
LVITIA nVG CVES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0. Attachment 1. | |||
r------------------------------------, | |||
.A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * | |||
:PLANT EQUIPMENT! : | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009 | |||
EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION | |||
* The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped. | |||
1 Open ~ the following breakers at 1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR. Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR. Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463): Cabinet (IB-463): | |||
* XSWOO01-RT-A. 0 | |||
* Generator No. 1 GENERATOR. 0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A. | |||
* Generator No. 1 MOTOR. 0 | |||
* XSWOOO1-RT-B. 0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B. | |||
* Generator No. 2 GENERATOR. 0 | |||
* XSWOO01-BYA. 0 | |||
* Generator No. 2 MOTOR. 0 REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A. | |||
1£ the Reactor is NOT tripped. | |||
* XSWOO01-BY-B. 0 THEN open the following breakers: | |||
Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR. | |||
Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463): | |||
Cabinet (IB-463): | |||
* XSWOO01-RT-A. | |||
0 | |||
* Generator No. 1 GENERATOR. | |||
REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A. | |||
* Generator No. 1 MOTOR. | |||
* XSWOOO1-RT-B. | |||
0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B. | |||
* Generator No. 2 GENERATOR. | |||
* XSWOO01-BYA. | |||
0 | |||
* Generator No. 2 MOTOR. REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A. 1£ the Reactor is NOT tripped. | |||
* XSWOO01-BY-B. | |||
0 THEN open the following breakers: | |||
REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B. | REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B. | ||
* XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMG0001B-CR (TB-436). | * XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B 0 XMG0001B-CR (TB-436). | ||
* XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412). | * XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A 0 XMG0001A-CR (TB-412). | ||
2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete | 2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete . | ||
PAGE 12 OF 13 | |||
J V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION (S f'-'~I~'V' ) | |||
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO: JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL: JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5 | |||
( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 Page I of.7 | |||
TASK: | |||
061-012-01-04 RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP) | |||
JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5 ( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 | |||
GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD: | GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD: | ||
TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations. | TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner. | TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner. | ||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PLANT | PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
SOP-211 EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIANa. RO SRO 000007Al0B EA 1.0B AFW System 4.4 4.3 061000A204 A2.04 pump failure or improper operation 3.4 3.B TOOLS: SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME 5 nHE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START: PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAT: | |||
EX4MINER: | |||
SIGNATURE DATE | |||
,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009 Page 2 of7 | |||
e | |||
* READ TO OPERATOR: | |||
* | INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | ||
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance. | |||
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211. | |||
IV.D. Step 2.1 . | |||
.IA------------------------------~ | |||
T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : | |||
:ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT! : | |||
.------------------------------~ | |||
.------------------------------~ | |||
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : | |||
* :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: | |||
:PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : | |||
HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE: | |||
.Ifollday. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 3 of7 | |||
e STEPS STEP: | |||
CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP Operator locates and rotates trip valve TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE manual handwheel fully clockwise to VALVE (IB-412), as follows: raise the trip latch. | |||
: a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism , | |||
Ib~tt2n.2n.2~s~ri.ug.!.h~~e_m2.n~l.!.ri~le.!'e!.is_e~~e~. _______________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage. | |||
COMiUENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage Operator locates and manually pulls trip from the trip latch lever. latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | |||
\fonJa),* .Iune 21, 1009 Ptlge 5 of7 | |||
e STEP: 4 CUES: | |||
.------------------------------------~ | |||
,NOTE: The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to, It~e :::.a~e~t~m;.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter Operator locates and turns trip valve clockwise and back-off one quarter tum. handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve. | |||
COiIJMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED Operator locates and rotates the manual CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction as follows: (fully counter clockwise). | |||
: 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully Operator rotates the manual adjustment counterclockwise. knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise). | |||
Operator locates and | |||
: 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise. | : 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise. | ||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT | ||
* Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
;\Iol/Jay. June 21. 1009 Page 6 of7 | |||
-* JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION: | |||
JPM SETUP SHEET RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
COM1IIENTS: | |||
.~f()nJa)' * .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7 | |||
JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS: | |||
SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance. | |||
Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\Iol/Jay. | [NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1. | ||
June 21. 1009 | r------------------------------------, | ||
.A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * | |||
:PLANT EQUIPMENT! : | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009 | |||
-* | |||
SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP | |||
* 01.1 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset. | |||
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: | |||
o a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. | |||
o b. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. | |||
RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS: | o c. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. | ||
COM1IIENTS: | o d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum. | ||
* .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7 | CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes. | ||
: e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: | |||
o | |||
: 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise. | |||
o 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise. | |||
END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44 | |||
SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION: | |||
The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. | |||
The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance. | |||
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT! | |||
: | |||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009 | |||
Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise. | |||
END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44 | |||
V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPP*207 RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 APPROVAL: WRQ APPRm:.n DATE: 6/1212009 REVlVO: 0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),. Jill'" !l. 211119 Page I "fB | |||
-* TASK: | |||
TASK STA,VDARD: | |||
Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner. | |||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE | |||
Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901. | |||
The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. | |||
TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner. | |||
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
SOP-310 120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 062000A103 Al03 Effect on instrumentation and controls of 2.5 2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303 A3.03 Adequate transformer/inverter operation 2.3 2.3 062000A304 A3.04 Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging 2.7 2.9 e TOOLS: | |||
synchronizing light, static transfer) | |||
SOP-310, Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE 10 TIME CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START* TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAf llNSAT | |||
* EXAMINER: | |||
SIUNATtIRJ- flAT/: | |||
\fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009 Puge] 0/8 | |||
* READ TO OPERATOR: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED. | |||
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. | |||
INITIA T1NG CUES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310, Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3. | |||
.~T ------------------------------~ | |||
NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : | |||
~NY PLANT EQUIPMENT! : | |||
.------------------------------~ | |||
.------------------------------~ | |||
:FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : | |||
* :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: | |||
:PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : | |||
*L______________________________ | |||
* HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME' | |||
~ | |||
Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009 Page J nl8 | |||
STEPS STEP: | |||
Cl'ES: | |||
.------------------------------------~ | |||
.EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in | |||
* ItI:!!sl'0~iti2n~ _______________________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the Locates and verifies the TEST CENTER position. TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position. | |||
COMMEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES: | |||
* _______________________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the | |||
Locates and verifies the TEST TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position. | |||
SAT UNSAT | |||
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS | * EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS | ||
* 1.n | * 1. | ||
______________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO | IS!,i~hjs n ~i~J~u.!.h~e~) .E0~ti2"~ ______________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS PREF ISOLATE position. Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position. | |||
COl.U.IENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES: | |||
Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position. | .------------------------------------~ | ||
.EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the * | |||
*right)" position." * | |||
'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901. | |||
* 1 ______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ . | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 Locates and verifies APN 1FA 19, ALT VIA XIT5901 is closed. SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. | |||
COiHJIENTS: SAT CVSAT lfonJoy, June n, 1009 Puge:; of8 | |||
STEP: 4 Cl'ES: | |||
,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The ALT AC SOURCE , | |||
.Ble~k~ i~ill,th,!l ~I~e!! ~P£e!:r £O~iti2.n,,:, ____________________ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE inverter front. Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position. | |||
COJHIE,...,TS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES: | |||
,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The , | |||
.S.9Id.RfE_S§L§C.JC2..R §~tcb i~ ill,t,!s £O~ti2.n,,:, __________________ .. | |||
CR SEQ STEP STANDA RD: | |||
Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up After one minute. locates and places period. place the SOURCE SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position. LINE position. | |||
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES: | |||
* right)" position." * 'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901. | ,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS, | ||
* 1 ______ -----------------------------_. | .S!"i~h..!s.T ,!tli~P2si!l0!:!;";,. __________________________ .. | ||
CR SEQ No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 | CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS TO PREF position. Switch to BYP TO PREF position. | |||
Locates and verifies APN | COil,IMENTS: SAT UNSAT I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 P"xe 6 /Jf8 | ||
*" n'ES: | |||
____________________ | .EVALUATOR STEP: 7 I------------------------------------~ | ||
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the | CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This * | ||
Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position. | |||
SAT UNSAT | |||
__________________ | |||
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period. place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position. | |||
COMMENTS: | |||
STEP: 6 CUES: | |||
__________________________ | |||
.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP TO PREF position. | |||
COil,IMENTS: | |||
I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 | |||
* | |||
STEP: | |||
* is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and * | * is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and * | ||
* _______________________ | *s.2y.:T!l!sls~2t,llle_m2t~r~a2s.: _______________________ | ||
* CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following: | * CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | ||
: a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. COiUJ/E.VTS: | No Yes Verify the following: Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120 | ||
STEP: 8 CUES: | : a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. volts and frequency at 60 Hz. | ||
: b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. | |||
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The | COiUJ/E.VTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES: | ||
* | * EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The * | ||
,I'1.A~. §.Y£:A§s..S~t£hls ~ ~isJ>O..:>i!!.?'!;." _____________________ | |||
* CR SEQ STEP STANDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS NORMAL position. Switch to NORMAL position. | |||
COl"tll*tENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES: | |||
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say * | |||
,"!h2, S2'LRfE_SSl!:~C.r0_Rl'wltc.!! i~ir;.thls E,o~ti2.n ..: ________________ | |||
* CR SEQ STEP ST4NDARD: | |||
Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to Locates and places SOURCE the OUTPUT position. SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position COMJtENTS: SAT UNS.1T Examiner ends JPM at this point. | |||
If"",/a),. Jlllle n. 1009 Page '70/8 | |||
JPM SETUP SHEET JPP-207 JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION: RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET: | |||
INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
* CR SEQ | |||
COl"tll*tENTS: | |||
STEP: 9 CUES: | |||
* EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say * ,"!h2, . .: ________________ | |||
* CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position. | |||
COMJtENTS: | |||
Examiner ends JPM at this point. If"",/a),. | |||
Jlllle n. 1009 | |||
RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS: | |||
COMMENTS: | COMMENTS: | ||
Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 8 of8 | |||
JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS: | |||
SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS: | SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS: | ||
INITIAL CONDITION: | INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. | ||
The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310. Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3. r------------------------------------, iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I :PLANT EQUIPMENT! | I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310. Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3. | ||
: | r------------------------------------, | ||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. \fonda),. | iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I | ||
June 11. 2009 | :PLANT EQUIPMENT! : | ||
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. | |||
\fonda),. June 11. 2009 | |||
SOP-310 REVISION 10 | |||
* o 1.1 o 1.2 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3. | |||
XMC 1DA2Y or DPN 1HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front. | |||
o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position. | |||
o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position. | |||
o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. | |||
o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position. | 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front. | ||
o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. 02. | 02.2 After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position. | ||
Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position. | 02.3 Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position. | ||
Verify the following: | 2.4 Verify the following: | ||
0 a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. | |||
* 0 02.5 02.6 | |||
: b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. | |||
Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position. | |||
Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position. | Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position. | ||
END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78}} | END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78 | ||
*}} |
Latest revision as of 09:01, 12 March 2020
ML092850024 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Summer ![]() |
Issue date: | 10/10/2009 |
From: | NRC/RGN-II |
To: | South Carolina Electric & Gas Co |
References | |
50-395/09-301 | |
Download: ML092850024 (177) | |
Text
().. /
- V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0368 CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
- IIJollday* .lillie 12. 2009 Pllge lof7
- TASK:
000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD:
RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical. Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TE~"lINA TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications
- 000001A101 000001A102 TOOLS:
AA1.01 AA1.02 AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 Bank select switch Rod in-out-hold switch 3.5 3.6 3.2 3.4 EVALUATION TIME 15 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START: TIME FINISII: PERFORMANCE TIME:
PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT:
EXAMINER: ~-.-----".- ...---.---------- --
/
-~--------
SIGNATURE DATE
- .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7
- READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant.
HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE!
- MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009 P(/gelof7
- STEPS CUES:
I NOTE:
_ _ _AOP-403.3 STEP:
Immediate ________________________ J Action.
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify rod motion is NOT required: Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of
- Tavg is within 1SF of Tref. Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim.
AND
- No load rejection has occurred (C7A OR C7B).
COMMENTS: SAT _ __ _ _
UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
I NOTE:
_ _ _AOP-403.3 Immediate ________________________ J Action.
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in Operator locates and positions Rod MAN. Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
IN_OLE;,. A_O':.-4.9 3J L !rl m e,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify rod motion is stopped. Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009 Page 5 of7
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Stabilize Main Turbine load. Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
.------------------------------------~
- EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your I procedures. "
.------------------------------------~
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within Operator locates and positions Control 1.0°F of Tref. Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0°F.
- COMMENTS:
Examiner ends JPM at this point.
SAT _
UNSAT
- MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009 Page 6 of7
- 1. RUN
- 2. When student is ready, activate:
MAL-CRF006A SEVERITY =72 Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion)
BST-RC040 ACTUATED Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable)
CVC016A SET =50 Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto)
COMMENTS:
- Monday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 70f7
- JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.
INITIA TING CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfollday* .lillie 11. 1009
- SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO._ _ __
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2
.. SAFETY ~ELATED DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A- P sh~
sl~~
- CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required .
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
~ SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM - A CHANGEF L DATE: 3118/96 PROC.# AOP-403.3 REV. # _2__ OiG.~ COMM. # _ __
TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC __ OiANGE X PERMANENT ~ SAFETY RELATED x REVISION __ RESTRICTED ___ FROM _ _ _ _ _ TO QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED _ _
L DE~: Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light.
REASON FOR CHANGE:
MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light.
onglnator IL WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU:
- YES NO N/A
- 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw)
- 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment? --*-
- 3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? -- --*-
- 4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity. Safeguards Contingency - -
or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __
- If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _
REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT:
() OPS () NL&OE 0 CHS
..... '"YES-, m.rto.~ section ofpl'OaldU"forcliredio~n.
() GMNPO l..£: I!.
tif1:.
ofpl'OaldU"forcliNdio~n.
f
() MNTS () PM 0 HPS J1GMESJlGMES ~ iSine Supel'VlSor O.te b.te
- .i2'QA
. (roC
() NPS
()TS
() MNT 0 DE
) GMNSS QRC 0,--,)
L:)...c. ** *
- rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S ~ "~ ",/ ~
A' IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY EVALUAnoN
~REQUIRED EVALUAnoN;:::~ /
( y~ ~
f" r
~ REQUIRED 0 EXEMPT II ~ PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT: MRF 22769C
." '-,/::i!D~)~6a""'p::::li-ne-s~upervtS---'::'-or':"co--ncurre::::::'-nce--
V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL:
QUAUFIED REVIEWER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __ QA REVIEW _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ _ __
TELECONBY _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
TELECONBY
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATE _ __ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _ _ _ _ __
SHIFT SUPERVISOR VI. DlSaPlJNE~OR~: VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI? ~
C. YES NO -J.L:t1 TRAINING REQUIRED? YES __ NO_ - - NLiOE//" T b.te
/ ~ YES
~
-- ftR:l":ES""P:lP;-.-.i'<M~G'I;R-.
iiR:J!:ESi' I
- -
- M~G""R-.-----I.-"b.-:.=te
l..--.:O:-*.,.....te
'" IFYES.PRIORTOPROCEDUREIMPl.EME~ON?
P/CAPAFFECl'ED? YES~NO V.
YES_ NO_
va :i ~A iliJrAppHcaWe)
COMMENTSRESOlVED:_
COMMENTSRESOLVED:_ It-Zft-~ QA Concurreno Date iscipline Supervisor D.te Approv)1lConcurrence Approv)llConcurrence , JI O.te X. PSltC RMEW:
A. REVIEWED BY: B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED:
Date Oate Responsible Manager Date COMMENTS: YES_ NO_
ChiJrrnlln PSRcchiJrl'l'IIIn PSRC Date
AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION ~
PURPOSE 1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS 1 OPERATOR ACT! ONS 2
- PAGE i
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2
- CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REFERENCES
- 1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1.
- 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2.
- 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System.
- 5. 1080837. Sheet 9.
- 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21.
REVISION
SUMMARY
Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested .
- PAGE ii
AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion.
SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
- 1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators.
- 2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change.
- 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
- RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5),
- RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5).
- eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1).
- CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) .
- OP aT AUTO IURB RUNBCK W/DRWl BLCK (XCP-621 1-4>.
- aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5).
- IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5).
- PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4).
- 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) .
- PAGE 1 OF 3
AOP-403.3 REVISION 2
- CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Q)
CD Verify rod motion is NOT required: 1 GO TO AOP-214.2. RESPONSE TO LOAD REJECTION/RUNBACK.
0
- Tavg is within 1.5°F of Tref. 0 OOD
- NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78).
~
@ Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN.
0 .
tv G) Verify rod motion is stopped. 0 3 Perform the following:
a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION.
4 Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 5 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref.
6 Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level.
7 Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure.
(2220 psig to 2250 psig).
8 Notify the following plant personnel:
- Management Duty Supervisor. 0 0
- Reactor Engineering .
- Rod Control System Engineer . 0
- PAGE 2 OF 3
'~ REVISION 2
- e. CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE - Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis.
9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure.
10 Proceed as directed by the Shift []
Supervisor.
1 End of AOP-403.3 1------------
e
- e PAGE 3 OF 3
- V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-058A FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION)
APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
- MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009 Page I of 10
- TASK:
006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
SOP-112 SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM ARP-001-XCP-611 PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 006000A113 A1.13 Accumulator pressure (level, boron 3.5 3.7 concentration)
- TOOLS:
EVALUATION TIME TIME START:
SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 30 TIME FINISH:
TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT:
EXAMINER:
SIGNATURE DATE
- MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 Page 10//0
- READ TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level.
INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm.
ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME!
- MOllday* .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10
- STEPS CUES:
STEP:
I ____________________________________ ~
'IAW-ARP- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No No Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint COilJiUENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
- Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not
- modeled on the simulator.
I ______ ------------------------------~
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve)
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verifies recirc valve open Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- .UoIIJay* .lillie 11. 2009 Page 5 of 10
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
- Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running .*
I~~~~ __ ------------------------------~
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT
- ~T STEP: 6 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT _~ __
UNSAT
- .Uonda)'* ./une 11. 1009 Page 6 of 10
- CUES:
STEP: 7 I------------------------------------~
IS.b0~Id..re.9u2s!. a.ee.2r £h~c~ _________________________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red accumulator. light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Commence filling 'A' accumulator. HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner. 'A' accumulator level increasing.
COiUMENTS: SAT _ __
UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa Acknowledges alarm and determines 'A' annunciator. accumulator pressure is high.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009 Page 70/10
- CUES:
STEP: 10 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Secures filling operation. HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON ..
COMMENTS: SAT _ __
UNSAT STEP: 11 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%.
COMMENTS: SAT ~~
- ~4T STEP: 12 CUES:
- Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should
- I~~!~~~~~----------------------------~
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Reduce 'A' accumulator pressure. PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009 Page 8 of 10
- CL'ES:
CR SEQ STEP: 13 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Secures venting of 'A' accumulator. HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON.
COMj~JENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
- Jfollday. Jlllle 21. 1009 Page 9(}/ 10
- JPM NO: JPSF-058A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION)
IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:
- 1. RUN
- 2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by:
LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=1 (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT)
- 3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65%
LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=O
- 4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by:
VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM)
VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV)
When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig:
VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=O VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator.
- 5. FREEZE
- 6. When student is ready RUN.
- 7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate:
LOA-AUX009 SEVERITY=1 (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve)
LOA-AUX043 SELECT=RACK IN (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker)
COMMENTS:
- MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009 Page 100fl0
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA. T10NS:
INITl4.L CONDITION: The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level.
INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
MOllday* .lillie 11. 1009
ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 SETPOINT: ORIGIN:
ACCUMA Hi - 88.6% ILB00920A ILB00920B LVL Lo - 65.6% ILB00922A ILB00922B HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE:
- 1. Accumulator A over or under filled.
- 2. Valve leakage or misalignment.
- 3. Accumulator discharge into RCS.
- 4. Accumulator leak.
- 5. Instrument failure.
AUTOMATIC ACTIONS:
- 1. None.
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:
- 1.
2.
3.
Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %.
Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level.
Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112.
SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS:
- 1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations.
- 2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur.
REFERENCES:
- 1. B-804-611, Sh. 1.
- 2. B-208-095, SI-80.
- 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications.
- 4. SOP-112.
- 5. 1MS-51-161 .
- PAGE 3 OF 13
SOP-112 REVISION 17 IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
D 1.2 The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification 3.5.4.
CAUTION 2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS D 2.1 Open the following (AB-388):
- D 2.2 a.
b.
XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE.
XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE.
Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open.
D 2.3 Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup.
D 2.4 Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r)
D 2.5 Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH .
- PAGE 3 OF 30
SOP-112 REVISION 17
- o 2.6 To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows:
- a. Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r)
CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV.
0 b. Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%.
0 c. When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV.
0 d. Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP.
02.7 If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6.
02.8 Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO.
- 02.9 Stop the HYDRO PUMP .
02.10 Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.
2.11 Close the following (AS-388):
o a. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE.
o b. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE.
NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication),
Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b.
o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration.
END OF SECTION
- PAGE 4 OF 30
SOP-112 REVISION 17
- D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None.
CAUTION 2.0 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed.
o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'()
o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure .
o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT.
o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C).
END OF SECTION
- PAGE 8 OF 30
6 .
- V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP)
APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
- Monday. June 12, 2009 P{/ge I of 10
- TASK:
008-021-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads.
PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
SOP-118 COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 008000A408 A4.08 CCW pump control switch 3.1 2.8
- TOOLS:
EVALUATION TIlIJE TIME START:
SOP-118 15 TIME FINISH:
TIM.E CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)8 PERFORMANCE TIME:
PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT:
E.YAIJnNER:
SIGNATURE DATE
- i'lfonduy. Jllne 11, 1009 Page 2 off(}
- RE4D TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed.
INITIA TlNG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB.
Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h.
HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME!
- .Uonday. June 21. 1009 Puge3 olIO
- STEPS CUES:
STEP:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No No Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), Places the control switch for XPP-58B, standby pump in OFF. CCBP B, in OFF.
COMltJENTS: SAT .. ~_ ..
UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
.------------------------------------~
.EVALUATOR NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going *
- 'oop.
- EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going
~1~0P.:.iUs.lh~r"!lnlna.p~mJ? __________________________ !
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train
- TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in PULL-TO- B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.
LOCK.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
1------------------------------------ *
- Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' *
- CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports
- IA,!tal:h~el't ,YB.Js~0.Tp'!e~, !;x~ee! f£,r ~c!i~ !!:! t!!e ~CJ>~me. b!.e~e.! 01' '~' !!~n.______ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No No Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the Attachment VB with the exception of racking 'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC. of SOP-118.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- ,Honday. June 22. 1009 Puge 5 oj 10
- CUES:
STEP: 4 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is open with indication of red light ON and open. green light OFF.
(This is the start of Step 2.4)
CO~HJENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
IE~a.!,!1i!:!.e~s.!l0~d..!:e9.u~st.re2r .s;h~c~ ______________________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed: Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow XPP-0001 S, PUMP S speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:
- Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to *
- complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a *
.essentialloop.
- NOTE TO EVALUATOR: Steps 6 - B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid
- succession.
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, Places control switch for MVS-9503S in stroking in the closed direction. CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position.
COMJfENTS: SAT UNS.1T
- Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009 Page 6 of 10
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes 1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON- When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm
- 2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 NON- and 4000 gpm, perform the following in ESSEN LOAD ISOl. rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes 1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A NON- (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train ESSEN LOAD ISOl. CCW.) Places control switches for MV8*
- 2) Close MV8-9687Al9525A, LP A NON- 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687Al9525A, ESSEN LOAD ISOl. LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes No 1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.) Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT lWSAT
- Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09 Puge 7 of 10
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 10 STEP STANDARD:
No No Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C Racked up in slow speed. Green light XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete ON.
Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on
'B'train).
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 11 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No No Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch After-Stop. in After-Stop.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 12 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No No Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor. through RML-2B.
COMilfENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09 Page 8 tlf 10
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 13 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Ensure the following valves have not The red light is ON and the green light is automatically closed due to high flow: OFF for all the following:
- 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX
UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
- Jlondu),. June 12, 1009 Page 90j 10
- JPM NO: JPS-068B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP)
IC SET: 10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS:
- 1. INIT 10
- 2. When student is ready: RUN
RUN BATCH FILE CCCW2B
- 4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS:
- Monda),. June 22, 1009 Page 100110
JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITl4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed.
INITl4T1NG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB.
Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfondu),. June 22, 2009
SOP-118 REVISION 17 B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools.
D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 .
- PAGE 5 OF 82
SOP-118 REVISION 17 CAUTION 2.0
- a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout:
- 1) For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start:
a) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down.
- 2) For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start:
a) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down.
- b. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable .
- o 2.1 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF.
NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop, CHG o
Step 2.2 should be omitted.
2.2 Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows:
- a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following:
o 1) Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./)
o 2) Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B).
o b. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK.
- PAGE 6 OF 82
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o c. Perform one of the following:
- 1) Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC.
- 2) Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC.
2.3 Establish Train A as the active loop as follows:
o a. Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open.
o b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r)
- 1) XPP-0001 A, PUMP A.
- 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A.
- CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop.
o c. Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction.
(PEER ,r)
- d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:
o 1) Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o 2) Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o 3) Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o 4) Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
o 5) Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B.
- PAGE 7 OF 82
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued
- e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following:
D 1) Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA.
D 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop.
D f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412).
- g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow:
D 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTON HX .
- D D
D h.
i.
- 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR.
Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02.
Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop:
- 1) XPP-0001B, PUMP B.
- 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B.
- j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB):
D 1) One pump is in AUTO and operating.
D 2) One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
D 3) One pump is in OFF.
- PAGE 8 OF 82
SOP-118 REVISION 17 2.4 Establish Train B as the active loop as follows:
o a. Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open.
o b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "")
- 1) XPP-0001 B, PUMP B.
- 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B.
CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop.
0 c. Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction.
(PEER "")
- d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:
0 1) Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0 2) Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0 3) Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0 4) Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL.
0 5) Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A.
- e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following:
0 1) Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB.
0 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.
0 f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) .
- PAGE 9 OF 82
SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued
- g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow:
D 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS LTDN HX.
D 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR.
D h. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02.
D i. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop:
- 1) XPP-0001A, PUMP A.
- 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A.
- D D
- j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB):
1) 2)
One pump is in AUTO and operating.
One pump is in AUTO and not operating.
D 3) One pump is in OFF.
OA D 2.5 Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running 9741 Component Cooling Water Pump Switch.
END OF SECTION
- PAGE 10 OF 82
SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 Persons completing checklist (print) Initials COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS DatelTime Date/Time started /
/ Date/Time completed /
ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B.
REQUIRED VERIFIERS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN ISOL VALVE
SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB
- COMPONENT Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd)
DESCRIPTION REQUIRED POSITION PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 INITIALS VERIFIERS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
XSW1DA 07 CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT XSW1DA 07 CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF CCP XPP0001C-CC (RRP)
XSW1DA 07 TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF TCP XPP0001C-CC (RRT)
XET2001C J436' (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED E NOTE 2 XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB XET2001C COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHG CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED E NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)
XSWlOB 11 CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN XSW1DB 11 CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON CCP XPP0001C-CC (RRP)
XSWlOB 11 TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON TCP XPP0001C-CC (RRT)
OA 9224 NOTE 1: When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK.
NOTE 2: Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows:
- 1) CRS Keybox (CB-463).
- 2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) .
- V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE:
EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
- Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9
- TASK:
000-083-05-01 TASK STANDARD:
RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW.
TERMINATING CUE: SI flow verified on FI-940.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
AOP-115.5 LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000025A120 AA 1.20 HPI pump control switch, indicators, 2.6 2.5 ammeter running lights, and flow meter TOOLS: AOP-115.5
- EVALUATION TIME TIME START:
PERFORMANCE RA TING:
10 TIME FINISH:
SAT:
TLtlE CRITICAL UNSAT:
No JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 (
PERFORMANCE TIME:
EXAMINER:
SIGNATURE DATE
- JJonday. June 11, 1009 Page 1 of9
- READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITL4L CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
Present conditions are:
- RCS hot leg level is low.
- Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.
- INITL4TING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5. Attachment 2.
HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE!
- Monday. June 21, 1009 Page J of9
- STEPS CUES:
STEP:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Check if a Charging Pump is available. Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Stop any running Charging Pump. Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS: SAT _ _
- ~4T STEP: 3 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG Operator locates and places MVG-8107 LINE ISOL. and/or MVG- 8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- ;'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009 Page 5 0[9
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG-8885
- a. Ensure all of the following are closed: closed; green light ON and red light OFF
- MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: Operator locates and checks MVG-
- a. Ensure all of the following are closed: 8801A & B closed; verifies green lights
- MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG ON and red lights OFF.
INJ.
COMMENTS: SAT _ _ _
UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT Operator locates and places TRN A LEGS. PWR LCKOUT switch to ON.
Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Monday, Jllne 11, 1009 Page 6 of9
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow Operator locates and places MVG-8106 Isolation. in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Operator locates and places MVT-8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.
COMMENTS:
UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Start one Charging Pump. Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- :Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09 Page 70/9
- CUES:
STEP: 10 CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A Operator locates and verifies SI flow CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. indicated on FI-940.
SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
- Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009 PageS 0/9
- JPM NO: JPSF-065 JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET: 20 INSTRUCTIONS:
- 1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak SEVERITY =????
OVR-AA028 SELECT =TRUE ???
- 2. RUN
- 3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1.
- 4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 - 17.
- 5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200°F, then
- 6. FREEZE
- 7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
- Monday. June 21, l()09 Page 90f9
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.
Present conditions are:
- RCS hot leg level is low.
- Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment 2.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
- l/lmday* ./une 21, 1009
/
f AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 1 OF 3
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is available.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 1£ flQ Charging Pump is available. 0 THEN GO TO Step 13.
2 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 3 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B. 0 CHG LINE ISOl.
4 Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs:
- a. Ensure all of the following are closed:
- MVG-8801A(B). 0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.
- b. Open MVG-8884. 0
- CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS .
- c. Close MVG-8106. CHG PP.
Miniflow Isolation.
- d. Close MVT-8105.
SEAL WTR INJ ISOL.
0 0
5 Start one Charging Pump. 0 5 GO TO Step 13. 0 6 Verify SI flow on FI-940. 0 6 GO TO Step B. 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
7 GO TO Step 15. 0 8 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0
- PAGE 26 OF 39
/ AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 2 OF 3
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- a. Close MVG-8884.
CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS.
o
- b. Open MVG-8886. o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
10 Start one Charging Pump. o 10 GO TO Step 13. o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943. o 11 Stop QDY running Charging Pump. o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM.
GO TO Step 13. o 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed 13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs: from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs:
- a. Close MVG-8886 .
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
- b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.
- c. Close MVG-8888A.
o 0
0 a) Close MVG-8886.
CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
c) Close MVG-8888B.
o 0
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
- g. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is 0 g) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is 0 open. open.
- PAGE 27 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION PAGE 3 OF 3
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 14 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:
- Sight Glass (local). 0 (L-1330).
- Vi deo monitor. 0
15 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.
16 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 .
- PAGE 28 OF 39
- SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC &GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERAT IONS COpy N).
ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED
- Original signed by Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR 10106/03 DATE Original signed by Lippard 10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE CHANGt IYPE IYPt APPROVAL CANCELLtD CANCtLLCU CHANGE CHANGt IYPE IYPt APPROVAL CANCt.LLtlJ CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A P 01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE
- Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 25 DOCUMENTREWEWFORM DOCUMENTRE~EWFORM Page 1 of __
Document Identific Identification ation nr... ln.. tn .. Nam.:
OrlglnalOl"l Name: LATHREN En, Ext: 55547 Mall Code: 410 Date: 11113/06 11113106 Document No.: AOP-115.5 AOP-11S.S Rev!'lon No.:
Revision 5 Change Letter: A TlUe:
Title:
LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) X SR IX SR O O QR 0 aR oNNS NNS Development Process Process::
Permanent: (check one) X X Normal Rev/Chg or o0 Edjtorial Editorial Correction Correction o Tempof!l'!y!'pproval
Description:
INCORPORATED MODE 6 INTO TITLE FOR CORRECT APPLICABILITY; ADDEO STep 13.d TO STOP WORK ON SECONDARY SYSTEMS THAT ARE PROTECTED BY RCS TEMPERATURE PARAMETER TAGS; CHANGED ORDER OF STEP 17 ALTERNAnvE ACTION TO ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION PRIOR TO COLD LEG INJECTION; ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTION TO STEP 22.< TO ESTABLISH HOTLEG INJECTION AND THEN COLD LEG INJECTION WHEN CORE EXIT IS ABOVE 200'F; DELETED ALTERNATIVE ACTION FOR STEP 27 AND ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS TO RETURN TO STEP 23.J FOR CORE EXIT ABOVE 200'F AND RETURN TO STEP 23.d FOR RCS HOT LEG LEVEL DECREASING.
KeliiSIlln/tl3sIR for Change : ERG MAINTENANCE OW-02-004 AND PROCEDURE FEEDBACKS.
ReasonlSasia Is the SCOPE of the proc~u,...ffltCted I. procedure affected by thlt! this cohlngt?
change? NO Iilit 11 YESC I-,f- l Temporary Approval Final approval required by:
days)
(30 day.)
I QR DC&R Person Nollf\ed ss o..es Document ReViewers \ [:.f'C,C5, ',. CI Co~""
Position TypefPml Type/Print Name Comments y""""
YesINo Position Position TypeJPrlnt Type/Print Name ~""
Comrnents Yes/No Yet/No
- \1 ."'". . .J iJ ~
QB IOP§I QB{OPSl O~
o~ ;;;
Ci DO 00 "0
I:
Q)
~
'5
'5 0'
Q)
~
§g tfi til C ~(1)
('~
('21, (t2 \I .d'- ....tL J
C1!.,./
DIlJ Dill 0Dl6l16l E
c 0
....:0
...."0 DO 00 DO 00 a:
a:: :ct-00 OO 00 00 00 Co. Comment Due D7e (I
Dare 30
!0<.:,
" 30 0<0 iIIIIm_ _
All Comments Resolved DlJ Yes Commitments Addressed per SAP-0630 SAP.()6JO \Xl NA lID __ O OMLSA MLSA InitlallOllite InitiaVOate 50.59 ApplicabilitylReview Applicability/Review Completed (SAP*0107) (SAP-0107) I?:I KI NA o Yes, Attached Pre-Implementation Pre-implementation Training Completed ~' NA (l DYes TrainIng required after implementation Training ~ NA
[iJ DYes, CER #
PSRC Review Completed Gl NA
~ DYes. Mtg. No. _ _ _ __
NSRC Review Completed 0 NA DYes, Mtg.
Other. NA
- Failure by the "Additional Reviewers" to provide cornmenidue comment due date may be considered as "No Commenr.
- comments within 5 working days Comment",
'Pl llr'Wlrln
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE PURPOSE 1 SCOPE 1 SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS 1 OPERATOR ACTIONS 2 ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Establishing Cold Leg Injection 24 Attachment 2 - Establishing Hot Leg Injection 26 Attachment 3 - Establishing RCS Makeup 29 Attachment 4 - Reducing RCS Makeup 31 Attachment 5 - RVLIS Indications 38 Attachment 6 - Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow 39
- PAGE
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- 1.
REFERENCES Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2.
- 2. FSAR 5.5.7.
- 3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System.
- 4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal.
- 5. E-302-641.
- 6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions.
- 7. TWR-DGI0894. Tab M43. D.Gatlin.
COMMITMENTS
- 1. COl - NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions): Step 15.
REVISION
SUMMARY
Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation. Added Scope.
Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability.
Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004: In Step 17.
Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200°F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200°F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing.
- PAGE ii
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- PURPOSE This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact.
SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59. and SAP~630 apply to this procedure.
SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
- 1. No RHR Pump is running.
- 2. Air~binding of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following:
- Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps.
- Erratic RHR flow indicated on FI~605A(B). PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM.
- Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PI~600A(B).
PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG.
- Excessive RHR Pump noise.
- RHR Pump cavitation.
- 3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment 6.
- 4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples.
- 5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory.
- 7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps.
- 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
- RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610 1~1).
- RHR PP B TRIP (XCP~610 2~1).
- 9. Entered from the EOPs.
PAGE 1 OF 39
AOP~ 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE OPERATOR ACTIONS ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- Conditions for implementing Emergency Plan Procedures should be evaluated using EPP~OOI. ACTIVATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN.
- RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers. -
- Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass.
RVLIS indication. and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment 5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS.
Q Stop ~ RCS boron dilution in 0 progress.
- 2 Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown:
- Monitor TR~413. 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG .
- Implement STP-I03.001. REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE.
3 Determine and correct the cause of 0
~ RHR Pump trip.
- PAGE 2 OF 39
AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 4 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected.
4 Start ~ available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. D
- a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following;
- Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
- Video Monitor. D
- Sight Glass (local). D
- c. Close HCV-603A(B). A(B) OUTLET. D
- d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%.
- e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN.
- f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B).
- g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page)
PAGE 3 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued)
- h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued)
- h. Perform the following:
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).
PUMP A(B).
o
IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available. THEN GO TO Step 11. - -
i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits.
REFER TO Attachment 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW.
- j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER 0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.
5 Verify at least one RHR Pump is 0 5 IE no RHR Pump can be started. 0 running. THEN GO TO Step 11.
6 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing. REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown:
a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down.
b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr.
- PAGE 4 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned.
7 Establish RHR Letdown: 7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME
- a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM.
return header (AB-412):
- 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open.
- 2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed.
- b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0
- c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0
- d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM.
- e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow.
8 Restore RCS level to the desired 0 level for plant conditions.
9 Restore RCS temperature:
- a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50° F/hr.
- b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value.
10 RETURN TO the Procedure and Step 0 in effect.
- PAGE 5 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- 11 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c). LTDN D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves.
- b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460. D LTDN LINE ISOL.
- c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154. D XS LTDN ISOL.
- d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D
- e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board.
12 Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST:
- a. Open LCV-115B. D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
- b. Open LCV-1l5D.
RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
- c. Close LCV-115C(E).
VCT OUTLET I SOL.
D D
- PAGE 6 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 13 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure.
13 Alert plant personnel:
- a. Announce plant conditions over 0 the page system.
- b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG 0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons.
- c. Repeat the announcement. 0
- d. Notify Outage Management and 0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags.
- *14 Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels.
15 Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours:
- a. REFER TO STP-147.001. REACTOR 0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST.
- b. Close Qll RB penetrations 0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere.
16 Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM.
- PAGE 7 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE CAUTION - Step 17 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel .
- To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup.
NOTE - Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure.
- 17 Check core exit TC temperatures o *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING 0 LESS THAN 200°F. HOT LEG INJECTION.
1£ core exit TC temperatures 0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
GO TO Step 19. o
- PAGE 8 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 18 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 F.
0 18 Check RCS level:
- a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level a. GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. D elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated INJECTION.
on the following:
- Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
- Video Monitor. D
- Sight Glass (local). D
- b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
- Mansell Level Moni tori ng System.
D
- b. GO TO ATTACHMENT 3.
ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP.
D
- Video Monitor. D
- Sight Glass (local). D
19 Identify and isolate ~ RCS D leakage paths.
- PAGE 9 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 20 ALTERNATIVE ACTION To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized.
20 Check if a secondary heat sink is 20 GO TO Step 22. 0 available:
- a. Check if the RCS pressure 0 boundary is intact.
- b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available:
- Steam Generators are NOT 0 isolated by nozzle dams.
- Steam Generator levels are 0 maintained GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 15% Wide Range.
- 21 Establish a secondary heat sink:
- a. Establish Emergency Feedwater flow. REFER TO SOP-211.
0
- b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%.
- c. Fully open available SG 0 Steamline Power Relief Valves.
- PAGE 10 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
- 22 Check if RHR can be restored:
- a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- 22 WHEN conditions are met to restore []
an RHR loop to service. THEN CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR the NOTE prior to Step 23.
EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following: 1£ RHR can NOT be restored. THEN perform the following:
- Mansell Level Monitoring []
System. a) Start trending core exit TCs. []
- Video Monitor. []
- Sight Glass (local). [] b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the []
- LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] NOTE prior to Step 25.
(L-1330) (15.5 inches).
- LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES []
(L-1331) (15.5 inches).
- b. An RHR Pump is available for []
operation.
- c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN [] c. GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. []
200 F.
0 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION.
1£ core exit TC temperatures []
continue to increase. THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.
GO TO Step 24. []
- PAGE 11 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 23 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.
23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service:
- a. Verify both of the following: a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the o NOTE prior to Step 25 .
- XPP-0031A(B). PUMP A(B). is 0 available .
- b. Ensure Component Cooling Water 0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B).
- c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path:
- 1) Open MVG-8888A(B).
- 2) Open MVG-8701A(B).
o 0
- 4) Close HCV-603A(B). 0 A(B) OUTLET.
- 5) Close FCV-605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page)
- PAGE 12 OF 39
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued)
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued)
NOTE ~ Step 23. d
- If venting is required. RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR.
- If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm.
- d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 level elevation is GREATER THAN STP-105.006. SAFETY OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL indicated on the following: MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST.
- Mansell Level Monitoring System.
o o
- Video Monitor.
- Sight Glass (local). o
- LR~1330. LP A LVL INCHES (L~1330) (15.5 inches).
o
- LR~ 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (L~1331) (15.5 inches).
o
- e. Throttle FCV~605A(B). A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%.
- f. Start XPP~0031A(B). PUMP A(B). 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page)
- PAGE 13 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 23 continued)
- g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B) PUMP A(B) D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued)
- g. Perform the following:
amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B). PUMP D A( B) .
1£ the other RHR loop is NOT available. THEN perform the following:
a) Start trending core exit D TCs.
b) GO TO Step 25. Observe D the NOTE prior to Step 25.
- h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits.
REFER TO ATTACHMENT 6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW.
i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B).
A(B) BYP. to the desired flow.
- j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down .
- PAGE 14 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 24 ALTERNATIVE ACTION If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned.
24 Establish RHR Letdown: 24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO 0 SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME
- a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM.
return header (AB-412):
- 1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open.
- 2) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH. 0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed.
- b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0
- c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0
- d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM.
- PAGE 15 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE NOTE - Step 25 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System.
- a. Check if RWST level is LESS D a. II RWST 1eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%. THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26.
GO TO Step 27. D
- LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET . D
- LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D
- 1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in PULL TO LK NON-A.
D
- 1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A.
D
- 2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11. D 2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463). (1B-436).
- 4) Close MVG-3002A. D 4) Close MVG-3002B. D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT.
- 6) Locally unlock and open D 6) Locally unlock and open D XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374). (AB-374).
- 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP. D 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP. D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374). ISOL VALVE (AB-374) .
(Step 25 continued on next page) (Step 25 continued on next page)
PAGE 16 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 25 continued)
- 8) Transfer water as follows:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued)
- 8) Transfer water as follows:
a) Open both MVG-3004A and 0 a) Open both MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. MVG-3005B.
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B.
b) Start XPP0038A. PUMP A. 0 b) Start XPP0038B. PUMP B. 0 c) WHEN RHR Sump level is c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water stop RB Sump water transfer: transfer:
(1) Place XPPOO38A. 0 (1) Place XPPOO38B. 0 PUMP A. in PULL TO LK PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. NON-A.
(2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 (2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. MVG-3005B.
SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B.
- PAGE 17 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 26 Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 F:
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- a. Monitor RWST temperature:
- TI-7505. TEMP F.0 D
- TI-7507. TEMP F.0 D
- b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F:
- 1) Verify XPP0032B-SF. SPENT D 1) Stop XPP0032B-SF. SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)' is stopped. TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
- 2) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel D 2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412). Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped. SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
- 3) Close the following:
- XVG06660-SF. SPENT FUEL D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412).
- XVD06690-SF. SPENT FUEL D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436).
(Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page)
PAGE 18 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued)
- 4) Open the following:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued)
- XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
- XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
- XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
- XVT06659-SF. SPENT FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388).
(AB-388).
- 5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388):
a) Open XVB09624B-CC. 0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE.
b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC. 0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET VLV. is throttled open.
c) Ensure Component Cooling 0 Water is supplying non-essential loads.
- 6) Start XPP0032B-SF. SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).
(Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page)
PAGE 19 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 26 continued)
- 7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued)
Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM.
27 Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced:
- a. Verify core exit thermocouples D a. Continue cooling with RHR. D temperatures are LESS THAN RETURN TO Step 23.j.
200 F.
0
- b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level D b. RETURN TO Step 23.d. D elevation is stable or increasing.
- a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT 4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP.
- b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level D b. Perform the following:
elevation is stable or increasing. 1) Establish RCS makeup flow. D REFER TO ATTACHMENT 3.
ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP.
- 2) GO TO Step 32. D
- PAGE 20 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 29 Secure RWST Cooling:
- a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS 0 THAN 1000 F. THAN 100°F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30.
RETURN TO Step 5. 0
- b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF. 0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).
- c. Locally close the following:
- XVG06662-SF. REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).
- XVG06664-SF. REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).
- XVG06651-SF. SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).
- PAGE 21 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 30 Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS 0 a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft. 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32.
RETURN TO Step 5. 0
- 1) Place XPP0038A. PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B. PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A.
- 2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A. SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B. SUMP ISOL LOOP B.
- 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374). ISOL VALVE (AB-374).
- 4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP. RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374).
- 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) .
31 RETURN TO Step 5. 0 32 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown:
are stable OR decreasing.
a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL.
b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr.
- PAGE 22 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6)
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 33 Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F:
- a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION THAN 50°F/hr.
- c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140° F.
34 Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
- Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0
- Vi deo Monitor. 0
- Sight Glass (local). 0
35 Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions 0
exist:
- Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected.
COLD CAL LEVEL %.
36 Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions.
I- End of AOP 115.5 I - - - - - - - - - - -
- PAGE 23 OF 39
AOP~1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION PAGE 1 OF 2
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM.
1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be 0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7.
2 Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108. 0 CHG LINE ISOL.
3 Align Charging to the RCS Cold 3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs: RCS Cold Legs:
- a. Open MVG~8801A(B). 0 a) Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.
b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B). 0
- b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ.
on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT are closed.
LG FLOW GPM.
c) Open MVG-8885. 0
Miniflow Isolation .
d) Close MVG-8106. CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.
e) Close MVT-8105. 0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL.
f) Start one Charging Pump. 0 4 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow: 4 Stop ~ running Charging Pump. 0
- FI-943. 0 GO TO Step 7. 0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
- FI~940. 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
5 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.
6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 .
PAGE 24 OF 39
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION PAGE 2 OF 2
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:
- a. Close MVG~8701A and MVG-8702A. 0 a) Close MVG~8701B and MVG~8702B. 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
- e. Ensure HCV~603A. A OUTLET. is 0 e) Ensure HCV~603B. B OUTLET. is 0 open. open.
- f. Ensure open.
FCV~605A. A BYP. is o f) Ensure FCV-605B. B BYP. is open.
o 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
MONITORING:
- Sight Glass (local). o
- Video monitor. o
- LR~1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L~1331).
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. --
10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 .
- PAGE 25 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 1 OF 2
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.
D ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM.
1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be D started. THEN GO TO Step 7.
2 Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level.
3 Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL 3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
MONITORING:
- Sight Glass (local). D
- LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L -1330).
- Vi deo monitor. D
4 Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is D 4 GO TO Step 7. D increasing .
5 Restore ReS Hot Leg level to D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches.
6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 19 .
- PAGE 29 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 2 OF 2
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs:
- a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A. [] a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B. []
RCS LP A TO PUMP A. RCS LP C TO PUMP B.
- b. Close MVG-8887B. [] b) Close MVG-8887A. []
RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS.
- c. Open MVG-8809A. [] c) Open MVG-8809B. []
RWST TO RHR PP A. RWST TO RHR PP B.
- d. Open MVG-8888A. [] d) Open MVG-8888B. []
RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.
- e. Ensure HCV-603A. A OUTLET. is [] e) Ensure HCV-603B. B OUTLET. is []
open. open.
open. open.
8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:
MONITORING:
- Sight Glass (local). []
- LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES []
(L-1330)'
- Vi dec monitor. []
- LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES []
(L-1331).
9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to []
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -
10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps, []
Step 19.
- PAGE 30 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 1 OF 7
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 Check if a Charging Pump is running.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1 GO TO Step 9. 0 2 Check if Charging is aligned for 2 GO TO Step 7. 0 Hot Leg Injection:
- MVG-8884 or MVG-8886. CHG 0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open .
3 Terminate Hot Leg Injection:
- a. Stop QllY running Charging Pump. 0
- b. Open both LCV-115C(E). 0 VCT OUTLET ISOL.
- c. Close both LCV-115B(D). 0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT .
- d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. 0
- e. Open both MVG-8107 and 0 MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL.
- f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation.
- g. Close MVG-8884. 0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS.
- h. Close MVG-8886. 0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS.
i . Start one Charging Pump. 0
- j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to 0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow.
4 Monitor RCS level. 0 5 Verify RCS level is stable or 0 5 GO TO ATTACHMENT 2. ESTABLISHING 0 increasing . HOT LEG INJECTION.
- PAGE 31 OF 39
AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 2 OF 7
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 6 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.
Step 28.
0 ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Check if Charging is aligned for 7 GO TO Step 12. 0 Cold Leg Injection:
- a. One of the following valves is open:
- MVG-8801A(B). 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ.
CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
- PAGE 32 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 3 OF 7
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 8 Terminate Cold Leg Injection:
- a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- b. Open both LCV-115CCE). D VCT OUTLET I SOL.
- c. Close both LCV-115BCD). D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT.
- d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D
- e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108. CHG LINE ISOL.
- f. Open MVG-8106. CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation.
- g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed:
- MVG-8801ACB). D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ .
- MVG-8885.
- h. Start one Charging Pump.
- i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D
D D
obtain 60 gpm Charging flow.
9 Monitor RCS level. D 10 Verify RCS level is stable or D 10 GO TO ATTACHMENT 1. ESTABLISHING D increasing. COLD LEG INJECTION.
11 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 .
- PAGE 33 OF 39
AOP~115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 4 OF 7
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 12 Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 12 GO TO Step 15. 0
- a. XPP~0031A. PUMP A. is secured. 0
- d. One of the following is open:
- PAGE 34 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 5 OF 7
- 13 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE Realign RHR Loop A:
- a. Close both of the following:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- b. Monitor RCS level. 0
- c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. Perform the following:
increasing.
- 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
- 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28.
- h. Set FCV-605A. A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A. A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
- PAGE 35 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 6 OF 7
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 15 Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for gravity feed to the RCS:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps.
Step 28.
0
- a. XPP-0031B. PUMP B. is OFF. 0
- d. One of the following is open:
- PAGE 36 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP PAGE 7 OF 7
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B:
- a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng ALTERNATIVE ACTION are closed:
- b. Monitor RCS 1evel . 0
- c. Veri fy RCS 1eve 1 is stable or 0 c. Perform the following:
increasing.
- 1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
- 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28.
- h. Set FCV-605B. B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .
- PAGE 37 OF 39
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5
- RVLlS INDICATIONS UPPER ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 PLENUM ELEVATION
(%) <Fn (Fn 110 100 90 80 70
- MANSELUMIDLOOP MONITOR MANSELUMIDLDOP ELEVATION INCHES INCHES RVLlS UPPER (FT) ABOVE ABOVECL CL PLENUM (%)
430'0" 430' 0" 5%
5% -9 65.3 430' 8 %"W' 14 *1/2
-1/2 66.9 CENTERLINE 430'9" 14%
14 Yl 0 67.0 67 .0 430' 10" 15 1/2 15% 1 67.2 430' 11" 11 " 16%
16 '12 2 67.4 67 .4 431' 1" 431'1" 18%
18 '12 4 67.8 67 .8 431' 431'3"3" 20%
20 '12 6 68.2 431' 5" 22%
22 % 8 68,7 68.7 BOTTOM OF SG BOWL 431 10" 431 27 '12 27% 13 69.7 It 431' 10 %"
431'10 '/2" 28 13 '12% 69.8 OF Hl PIPE 431 11 %"
431 29 14 '12 14% 70.0 RCPFLANGE 435' 435'0" 0" //////11/
111111111 111111111
//////11/ 77.7
- RVFLANGE PAGE 38 OF 39 437' 7.4" 111111111
//11//11/ 111111111
//////11/ 84.3
AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431 _._- - ,~-~.-
._._---_. 19%"
2"
- I I I I 1-- TECH SPEC V 431' I REQmRED FLOW
/
V 19" 1'1.' I >2800GPMIN R V E
flllODE6 431' Q 1" 18'1.'
I U
I R
E 431' "12" REGION OF I
I I
I
/
V 18" R D
ACCEPTABLE OPERATION I I
V E H 431' IN MODE 5 I V
/ 17'1.'
Q U
lV 0 I T R 430' E 17" L 11%"
- D E
V* I REGION OF
- G I UNACCEPTABLE I OPERATION H 430' 11"
- 16%" 0 L
E V
E 430' 10'1.'
)
V I I
I
- 16" T
L E
L V I I G E
430' 10" . / I I
15'1.' L L
E I I I
E V
A 430' 9'/.'
If
/ I L
I 15" V
E L
T I
0 N
430' 9"
If I I I
I 1
14'/.'
430' 8'1.'
/ 1 I
I I
14" I
430' 8" I L 13%"
PAGE 39 OF 39 uoo 4.000
- V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0228 RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
APPRO~~'fL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV NO: 1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
- MOlltiay. JIIII£' 12, 1()()9 Pag£' I 0/9
TASK:
045-020-04-01 RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP TASK STANDARD:
Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated.
PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 045000K447 K4.47 Turbine trip upon reactor trip 4.0 4.3 000007A101 EA1.01 T/G controls 3.7 3.4 000007A107 EA1.07 MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has 4.3 4.3 been tripped 000007A202 EA2.02 Proper actions to be taken if the 4.3 4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME 10 TIME CRITICAL No 10CFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:
PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG: SAT: UNSAT:
EXAMINER:
SI(iNATtJRE DATE
- Jfollday. Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9 Page 1 of9
- READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
INITIA. TING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant.
HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE!
- Monday, Jllne 21. l()09 Page 3 of9
- STEPS CUES:
STEP:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify Turbine/Generator Trip: Operator determines main turbine has
- a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM closed. STOP VLV status lights and/or LVDT current indicates stop valves still open.
C01"li"IENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Trip the turbine. Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise.
Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Monday. June 12. 1009 Page 50f9
- CUES:
STEP: 4 CR SEQ STEP STANDA.RD:
Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red NON-A. lights OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDA.RD:
Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies Locally trip the Main Turbine from the main turbine trip indication via XCP-Turbine Front Standard (TB-463). 6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or LVDT meter readings.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:
- NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually
- from MCB.
I ______ ------------------------------~
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR delay): and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF.
- 1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open. Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is
- 2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open. tripped; green light ON and red light
- 3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- .llonday. June 21, ]()()9 Page 6 0/9
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 7 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify both ESF busses are energized. Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Check if SI is actuated: Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT Check if either: lit.
SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1- AND 1.
checks XCP-626 top row and OR determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit.
Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row. Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Honday, June 21, 2009 Page 'i of9
- CR SEQ CL'ES:
STEP: 9 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Check if SI is required: Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 Check if any of the following conditions exist: psig.
- PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig.
- RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig.
- Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig.
- Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid.
COMil'IENTS: SAT _ _
UNSAT STEP: 10 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850 I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR
.p!.e~u!.e is ~ 1~5~ p~i~ ___________________________ .:
STEP STANDARD:
Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
- .l!onJay* .llIne 21, 1()()9 Page 8 of9
- JPM NO: JPSF-022B JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)
IC SET: 13 INSTRUCTIONS:
- 1. RUN
- 2. Activate:
MAL-TUR020 SELECT= BOTH (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual)
MAL-RCS006C SET = (???) (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3)
MALF MSS006A SET = Fail to Close (MSIV'A')
MALF MSS006B SET = Fail to Close (MSIV'B')
MALF MSS006C =
SET Fail to Close (MSIV'C')
MALF PCS005A SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A')
MALF PCS005B =
SET Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B')
- 3. When student ready:
RUN
- 4. When requested, activate:
LOA-TUR011 SELECT=TRIP (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard)
Set Trigger #1.
COi\;LUENTS:
- MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09 Page 90f9
JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfontiay. Jllne 12, 2()()9
f.
- V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 C ANOIDA Tf':
EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED
- ,lfollda),* .lillie 12. 2009 Page J of9
- TASK:
026-005-01-01 TASK STANDARD:
MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls 4.5 4.3 000011A104 EA1.04 ESF actuation system in manual 4.4 4.4 026000A203 A2.03 Failure of ESF 4.1 4.4 TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME 5 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME
-- ~- ~- ---~- -- -_.- -- ---
PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT:
EXAll'lINER:
SIGNATURE DATE
- Mllllday. JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9
- READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME'
- Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9
- STEPS CUES:
STEP:
CR SEQ STEP STA.NDARD:
No Yes Verify RB pressure has remained LESS Operator locates PR-951, determines THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951), RB pressure> 12 psig and goes to red pen. Alternative Action.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify both of the following annunciators are Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 lit: 2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit.
- XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).
- XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL).
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
1------------------------------------ .
- EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of *
- spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not *
.~~----------------------------------.
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 actuate RB Spray by placing the following AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE switches to ACTUATE: position.
- Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2.
- Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2.
COJ-I/'rfENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 Page -' 0/9
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 4 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are the following lits are NOT lit:
bright on XCP-6105.
MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN COMiUENTS: SAT
- CUES:
STEP: 5 UNSAT CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-
- MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP 3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN.
A(B) SUCT. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.
COiUMENTS: SAT _~ ___ ~
UNSAT
- MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009 Page 6 0/9
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 6 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-
- MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP 3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN.
A(B) SUeT. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 7 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-
- MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP 3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN.
- COMMENTS:
A(B) . Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF.
SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in NORMAL-AFTER-START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps.
COJJMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- HOliday* .lillie 22. 2009 Page':' 0/9
- CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 9 STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 2500 gpm for each operating train on: and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm.
- FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
- FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 10 CUES:
1------------------------------------ *
- b2 ~o~~ !2.Y ,2t ~a~t !l'i~s~p.ln .lh~*.pr.oc~,!;!r~ __________________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Stop all RCPs. Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps.
COMJl-fENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
- ;\fonda),* .lillie n. 2009 Page 8 of9
- JP1U NO: JPSF-019B JPl\-l SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN
'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)
IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS:
1.Activate:
BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) - change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch)
CS-SGA 1 (Train A)
OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch)
CS-SGA2 (Train A)
NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES????
2.RUN until RB pressure> 12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running.
- 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0.
- 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:
Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function.
- MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9
JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITL4.L CONDITION: The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.
INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfol1doy* .lime 22. 2009
EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE
- 8 Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951.
ALTERNATIVE ACTION D
- 8 Perform the following:
a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit:
- XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). D
- XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). D IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE:
- Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2. D OR
- Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2. D b) Verify Phase B Isolation by D ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 .
- c) Ensure the following are open:
- MVG-3001A(B),
RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT .
D
- MVG-3002A(B), D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT.
d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are D running.
e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on:
- FI-7368, D SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
- FI-7378, D SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM.
f) Stop Qll RCPs. D
- PAGE 6 OF 33
- V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-150A DEPRESSURIZE Res TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER APPROVAL: WRQ APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:
THIS JPM IS APPROVED
- Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009 Page lof7
- TASK:
TASK STANDARD:
RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV.
TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed.
PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000038A104 EA1.04 PZR spray, to reduce coolant system 4.3 4.1 pressure 0000092123 2.1.23 Ability to perform specific system and 4.3 4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.
- 00WE03A101 TOOLS:
EA1.1 EOP-2.1 Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 4.0 4.0 EVALUA TION TIME 10 TIllIE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START: TllvlE FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:
-~-~-----~ ---~~~--- _.. --,,-.--~~
PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: L!NSAT:
E.XAMINER:
SIGNATURE DATE
- M01lday* .Il1ne 11. 1009 Page1o/7
- READ TO OPERA TOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1. POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8.
HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME'
- ilJonday. June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7
- STEPS CUES:
STEP:
1------------------------------------.
- EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in:
.0.Eer.at~n.l.if,1h~ o.ee~t2.'" 2.ttE!.mE.ts..!0~s2 E,ZB ~r~y 'ya.!.ve~, .2s~ a.!0ll,0"!-u£ CJ..u~ti.2n~ ____
- CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: Operator selects PZR Spray valves to
- a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: operate.
- Using RCP A: Locates and depresses OPEN button on
- 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. PCV-444D controller; notes red light
- 2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OFF and green light ON.
OR Locates and depresses CLOSED button
- Using RCP B: on PCV-444C controller; notes red light
- 1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OFF and green light ON.
- 2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action.
CO,tfMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- CUES:
la~s2.ci.2.te2 CR SEQ STEP: 2
- NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for
~o~k '!.a~e;.. ___________________________
STEP STANDARD:
.I Yes Yes Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to Operator locates and places control depressurize the RCS. switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF.
COil-lMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 Page 50f7
- CUES:
STEP: 3 IE~a~al0r:.N2.te.;. ~d~r~e .£o~d~o~s ~iILaePl~ ___________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% Operator locates and verifies PZR level
[50%]. indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value).
COMJl'fENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 4 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Stop RCS depressurization. After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE.
Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close.
Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
- Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 6 of7
- JP]f NO: JPSF-150A JPM SETUP SHEET DESCRIPTION: DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:
- 1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed)
VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed)
- 2. RUN
- 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7.
- 6. FREEZE
- 7. When examinee is ready, RUN.
- 8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction:
PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)
SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0
- 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner.
COiUMENTS:
- MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7
JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: A LOCA is in progress. The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP- 2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8.
- HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK .
.1follllay. JUlie 21. 1()()9
EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION
- ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service:
ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1£ SI has been terminated. THEN GO TO Step 13.
D
- Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943.
CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM.
NOTE - Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level.
8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR:
- a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:
- Using RCP A:
- 1) Open PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D
D
- 2) Close PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D OR
- Using RCPs B AND C:
- 1) Open PCV-444C. PZR SPRAY. D
- 2) Close PCV-444D. PZR SPRAY. D
- b. Verify PZR 1eve 1 is GREATER D b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D THAN 30% [50%]. 30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8.
CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9.
- c. Stop RCS depressurization. D
- PAGE 6 OF 21
~
(120 V~(j)
V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O: JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL: WRQ APPRm~IL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l ~"'[)I[)A rF EX.\~IINFR THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 Puge I of 15
8 J:4SK:
TASK SJ:4SDARD:
Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied.
TERMIN.*' TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete.
PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION ,\fETHOD SIMULATOR PERFORM
REFERENCES:
/.'VDEXNO. KIA NO. RO SRO 015000A303 A3.03 Verification of proper 3.9 3.9 functioning/operability 015000A402 A4.02 NIS indicators 3.9 3.9 TOOLS: STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME 25 TIME CRITICAL NO JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 TIML START riME EI'IISfI: PLRfORMANCF TIME PERFOR~14NCE RA.T1NG: S:\T U~S.\T:
EXAIIJINER:
SI(;NATURE IJATE Jfonaay, June n, 11)09
- " READ TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: None 1/vITl4L CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions.
INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35.
- HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda),* .lillie 11. 2009 Page J flf I5
--* STEPS ClES:
STEP:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Record Reactor power on Attachments I and Operator records approximately 60 cps II. on Attachment I.
COllJME.VTS: SAT U,vSAT STEP: 2 CVES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
COMMENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the
- 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator
- 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP- (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB 620 4-5) alarms. CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
- 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
COMMENTS: SAT U;VSAT
- \fonday. Jllne n. 20119 PUKe 5 oj 15
(I STEP: 4 CVES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR Operator turns the OPERATIONAL switch to LEVEL ADJUST. SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
COMJIE:YTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit
- 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST
- 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
3-4) alarms.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STA!VDARD:
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the POWER ABOVE potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
COMiIIENTS: SAT UNSAT lfollJay. Jllne 21. 1009 Page 6 of 15
STEP: 7 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit.
- 1) P6 monitor light is lit.
- 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit.
COM,'.IEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/-
Attachment I. 0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COIIIIIIENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise drawer light is lit. until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT II00Ido)' * .JlIne 11. 20/19 Page 7 of 15
8 STEP: 10 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip Operator records approximately 20 (+/-
setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COM!.JENTS: SAT L'NSAT STEP: 11 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit.
COiIU,fENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 12 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX is lit. HI monitor light on the MCB is lit.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
.!follday* .lillie 11. 2f1119 Page II "115
STEP: 13 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint Operator records approximately 25 (+/-
on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COiIJiIJENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 14 Cl'ES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL potentiometer on drawer N-35 TRIP drawer light extinguishes. counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
COMiHENTS: SAT VNSAT STEP: 15 CVES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX is off. HI monitor light on the MCB is off.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9 Page 9 of 15
-* CVES:
CR SEQ STEP: 16 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset Operator records approximately 20 (+/-
setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COAfMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 17 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP ST*' NDA RD:
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL potentiometer on drawer N-35 ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes. counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.
COMMENTS: SAT UNS.4T STEP: 18 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset Operator records approximately 19 (+/-
setpoint on Attachment I. 5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COlIJ.'rIE:VTS: SAT UNSAT Jlollda),. JUlJe 11. 1009 Puge 10 of 15
& C['ES:
CR SEQ STEP: 19 STEP STA/IiDARD:
Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE potentiometer on drawer N-35 PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
COMJJEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 20 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off.
- 1) P6 monitor light is off.
- 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off.
COIllMENTS: SAT U;VSAT STEP: 21 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Operator records approximately 7(+/-
Attachment I. 0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT Monday, lillie 11, 1009 Page /I of 15
(I
- CUES:
CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 22 Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
STEP STANDARD:
Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise.
COM,UENTS: SAT U.VSAT STEP: 23 CCES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch Operator turns the OPERATOR through all positions, recording the indication SELECTOR switch through all positions, for each position on Attachment I. recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position:
TRIP 1: 25 (+1- 5.0)
TRIP 2: 19 (+1- 5.0)
TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1- 0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%): 4.5 (+1- 0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1- 0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (- 5.0)
- COMMENTS:
CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 24 STEP STANDARD:
SAT UNSAT Yes Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to Operator turns the OPERATOR NORMAL. SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL.
COMJIE\TS: SAT l;.vSAT
.1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119 Page 12 of 15
e STEP: 25 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off
- 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator
- 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears.
3-4) clears.
COJUfE:VTS: SAT UVSAT STEP: 26 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.
COM.'l.JENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 27 CCES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the following: Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is
- 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP
- 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP- annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and 620 4-5) clears. the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light
- 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. on the MCB is off.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009 Page I.i of 15
-* CUES:
CR SEQ STEP: 28 STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Verify channel restoration by a second Operator enters "NORMAL" in the operator. blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 ..
CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch.
COiHMENTS: SAT lWSAT STEP: 29 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency. Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II.
COM.'IlENTS:
COM:HENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Examiner ends JPM at this point.
\lollday* .fIlJle 12. ]()09 Ptlge U oIl5
-* JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION:
JPM SETUP SHEET INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST
/c SET:
INSTRUCTIONS:
COMMENTS:
.\follda),* .Il1ne n. 1(}09
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION: Mode 3, steady state conditions.
INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35.
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Monday. June 12, 2009
SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERAliONS COpy NO._ _ __
SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker 11/06/98 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR DATE Original Signed By: G. Williams 11/09/98 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE
- CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION DATE CHANGE LETTER TYPE CHANGE APPROVAL DATE CANCELLATION DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.
Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4
- 1.0 SECTION PURPOSE TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 6.0 PROCEDURE 7.0 DATA REQUIREMENTS 6 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 6
9.0 REFERENCES
6 10.0 ENCLOSURES 6 ATTACHMENTS Attachment I Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data
- Attachment II Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1.
2.0 PRECAUTIONS 2.1 Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time.
2.2 Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip.
3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 None.
4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 4.1 This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days.
5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 None .
- 6.0 PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power.
6.1 Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II.
PAGE 1 OF 6
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows:
- a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
- b. Verify the following:
- 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit.
- 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms.
- 3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
- c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
- d. Verify the following:
- 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit.
- 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
- e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
- f. Verify the following:
- 1) P6 monitor light is lit.
- 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit.
- g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I.
- h.
i.
j.
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.
Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I.
Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit.
- k. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit.
I. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I.
- m. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
PAGE 2 OF 6
STP-102.003 REVISION 4
- n. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off.
- o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I.
- p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off.
- q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I.
- r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
- s. Verify the following:
- 1) P6 monitor light is off.
- 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off.
- 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I.
- u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
- v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I.
- w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL.
- x. Verify the following:
- 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off.
- y.
z.
- 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears.
Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.
Verify the following:
- 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off.
- 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears.
- 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off.
aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
PAGE 3 OF 6
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.3 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows:
- a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS.
- b. Verify the following:
- 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit.
- 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms.
- 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit.
- c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST.
- d. Verify the following:
- 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit.
- 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms.
- e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit.
- f. Verify the following:
- 1) P6 monitor light is lit.
- 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit.
- g. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II.
- h.
i.
j.
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit.
Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II.
Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit.
- k. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit.
I. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II.
- m. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.
PAGE 4 OF6
STP-102.003 REVISION 4
- n. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off.
- o. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II.
- p. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off.
- q. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II.
- r. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off.
- s. Verify the following:
- 1) P6 monitor light is off.
- 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is off.
- t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II.
- u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
- v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II.
- w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL.
- x. Verify the following:
- 1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off.
- y.
z.
- 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears.
Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL.
Verify the following:
- 1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off.
- 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears.
- 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off.
aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.
PAGE 5 OF 6
STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4 Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded.
7.0 DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1 All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II.
8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints.
9.0 REFERENCES
9.1 V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1.
9.2 1MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual.
10.0 ENCLOSURES 10.1 None.
PAGE 6 OF 6
STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ___ _____ _
INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA
- 1. REACTOR POWER _ __ __ __
- 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC EXPECTED AS FOUND ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE %PWR %PWR POWER ABOVE TRIP ~ 7.5 X 10-6% ~ 4.5 X 10-60/0 7.5 X 10-6%
PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A 6.7 X 10-6%
PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A 20%
STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP 5.25% 5. 31% 25%
HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A N/A
- 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
- 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%)
2%
10-2%
10-100%
- 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ ___ __ __ ________ __ _ _ ___ _ _
STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# _ _ __
INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA
- 1. REACTOR POWER_ _ _ __
- 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC EXPECTED AS FOUND ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE %PWR %PWR POWER ABOVE TRIP ~ 7.5 X 10-60/0 ~ 4.5 X 10-6% 7.5 X 10-6%
PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A 6.7 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A 20%
STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP ~25% ~31% 25%
HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A N/A
- 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
- 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%)
10-2%
100%
- 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
l V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI ;'10: JPPF-096A LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR APPRm:4L: WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED
,\lollda),. JlIlle 11. 1009 Page lof9
-* TASK:
000-117-05-04 TASK STANDARD:
RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436). The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations. This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip".
TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436).
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED E'~ILUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE
REFERENCES:
EOP-13.0 RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000029A112 EA1.12 MIG set power supply and reactor trip 4.1 4.0 breakers 000029A111 EA1.11 Manual opening of the CRDS breakers 3.9 4.1 0000292130 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate 4.4 4.0 components, including local controls.
TOOLS: EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE 10 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)8
- TIML START:
PERFORMANCE RATING:
EXAMINER:
TIMIIINISIi' SAT' UNS,\T PERI ()R~IAN('E SIGN,\TURE TIM!"
D.\TE
,Ifill/day* .lillie n. 2009 Page ]of9
- READ TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area.
INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS.
INITIA TlNG CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1.
.:A------------------------------~
T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :
- ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT! :
.------------------------------~
- FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I
- PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :
L I ______________________________ ~I I I HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.'
\louda)', .fllne 11, 2009 PU1le 3 of9
-* STEPS CVES:
STEP:
1------------------------------------.
- EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp:
land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications.
IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them .
I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations. Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted);
Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR
~c2v2!a.!!s21~~p.La~~e~h1.rt~n.2.p2n,ts* _____________________ ~
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Locally open both reactor trip breakers. Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers.
COiIJMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ No Yes Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags.
COMJ'j,IENTS: SAT UNSAT Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009 PageS of9
"* CCES:
STEP: 3
.------------------------------------~
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light
,a,!!d~al ,,!h~ I~h.!,i~*.o.t'"~ft!r .!.h~ '2P~a~ 2,a~ 2! !beJ>i~o!.gljp~ ___________ ..
I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR Operator opens MG set generator breaker. breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 4 CUES:
1------------------------------------.
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light :
,a,!!d~al "rh~ I~h.!, iiLL!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i '2P~a!2 2,a stt 2! !bejli~o!...9r:!P~ ___________ ..
CR SEQ STEP ST4NDARD:
Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker. Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:
,s,2y ":T~s..!.ig,bt ~ 9,F,E" ~ft~ !!:,e,l: o~!.a~ e~c,b ~ t!l.e £is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;. ____________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR Operator attempts to open MG set breaker. generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
COMM E.'VTS: SAT CiVSAT Ifollday* ./1I11l! 22. 1009 PlIgeo of9
STEP: 6 CL'ES:
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:
IS~y ':T~s.,!!g,bt ~ QF,E" ~ft~ ~ej; o~,!;.a~ e~c,b '! t!;,e ~is.!.oljJri£s.;. ____________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker. Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position.
COJI*JfENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 7 CUES:
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing.
IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing.
I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1.
STEP STANDARD:
CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436) in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
.Hollday. June 12, 1009 Page 7 n/9
STEP: 8 Cl'ES:
- EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and
,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing.
'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If
'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say
'"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red
'"CLOSED" flag is showing.
'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements. ISP-027 would require
!~~rC!.L2.vo;! 1,,;, _____________________________ _
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE Operator opens the breaker by pushing MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412) in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results.
COLlU.tENTS: SAT lINSAT Examiner ends JPM at this point.
Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 Puge 8 0/9
- JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION:
ICSET:
JPM SETUP SHEET LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR INSTRUCTIONS:
COJfMENTS:
~f""da)', Jlln, 11, 2009 Pu!(e 90[9
JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area.
INITIAL CONDITION: A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip.
but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS.
LVITIA nVG CVES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0. Attachment 1.
r------------------------------------,
.A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY *
- PLANT EQUIPMENT! :
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009
EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION
- The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped.
1 Open ~ the following breakers at 1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR. Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR. Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463): Cabinet (IB-463):
- XSWOO01-RT-A. 0
- Generator No. 1 GENERATOR. 0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A.
- Generator No. 1 MOTOR. 0
- XSWOOO1-RT-B. 0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B.
- Generator No. 2 GENERATOR. 0
- XSWOO01-BYA. 0
- Generator No. 2 MOTOR. 0 REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A.
1£ the Reactor is NOT tripped.
- XSWOO01-BY-B. 0 THEN open the following breakers:
REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B.
- XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B 0 XMG0001B-CR (TB-436).
- XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A 0 XMG0001A-CR (TB-412).
2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete .
PAGE 12 OF 13
J V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION (S f'-'~I~'V' )
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO: JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL: JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5
( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 Page I of.7
TASK:
061-012-01-04 RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP)
GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD:
TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations.
TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE
REFERENCES:
SOP-211 EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIANa. RO SRO 000007Al0B EA 1.0B AFW System 4.4 4.3 061000A204 A2.04 pump failure or improper operation 3.4 3.B TOOLS: SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME 5 nHE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START: PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAT:
EX4MINER:
SIGNATURE DATE
,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009 Page 2 of7
e
- READ TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING. I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS. WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY. THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211.
IV.D. Step 2.1 .
.IA------------------------------~
T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :
- ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT! :
.------------------------------~
.------------------------------~
- FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
- :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE:
- PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :
HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE:
.Ifollday. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 3 of7
e STEPS STEP:
CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP Operator locates and rotates trip valve TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE manual handwheel fully clockwise to VALVE (IB-412), as follows: raise the trip latch.
- a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism ,
Ib~tt2n.2n.2~s~ri.ug.!.h~~e_m2.n~l.!.ri~le.!'e!.is_e~~e~. _______________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage.
COMiUENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage Operator locates and manually pulls trip from the trip latch lever. latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
\fonJa),* .Iune 21, 1009 Ptlge 5 of7
e STEP: 4 CUES:
.------------------------------------~
,NOTE: The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to, It~e :::.a~e~t~m;.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter Operator locates and turns trip valve clockwise and back-off one quarter tum. handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve.
COiIJMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED Operator locates and rotates the manual CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction as follows: (fully counter clockwise).
- 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully Operator rotates the manual adjustment counterclockwise. knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise).
- 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT
- Examiner ends JPM at this point.
- \Iol/Jay. June 21. 1009 Page 6 of7
-* JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION:
JPM SETUP SHEET RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET:
INSTRUCTIONS:
COM1IIENTS:
.~f()nJa)' * .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7
JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS:
SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed. The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.
[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1.
r------------------------------------,
.A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY *
- PLANT EQUIPMENT! :
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009
SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP
- 01.1 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset.
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows:
o a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch.
o b. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage.
o c. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever.
o d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum.
CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes.
- e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows:
o
- 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.
o 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.
END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44
V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPP*207 RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 APPROVAL: WRQ APPRm:.n DATE: 6/1212009 REVlVO: 0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),. Jill'" !l. 211119 Page I "fB
-* TASK:
TASK STA,VDARD:
Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.
TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner.
PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PLANT SIMULATE
REFERENCES:
SOP-310 120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 062000A103 Al03 Effect on instrumentation and controls of 2.5 2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303 A3.03 Adequate transformer/inverter operation 2.3 2.3 062000A304 A3.04 Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging 2.7 2.9 e TOOLS:
synchronizing light, static transfer)
SOP-310,Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE 10 TIME CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START* TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAf llNSAT
- EXAMINER:
SIUNATtIRJ- flAT/:
\fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009 Puge] 0/8
- READ TO OPERATOR:
INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.
SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open.
INITIA T1NG CUES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310,Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3.
.~T ------------------------------~
NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE :
~NY PLANT EQUIPMENT! :
.------------------------------~
.------------------------------~
- FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, :
- :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE:
- PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! :
- L______________________________
- HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME'
~
Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009 Page J nl8
STEPS STEP:
Cl'ES:
.------------------------------------~
.EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in
- ItI:!!sl'0~iti2n~ _______________________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the Locates and verifies the TEST CENTER position. TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position.
COMMEVTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 2 CUES:
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS
- 1.
IS!,i~hjs n ~i~J~u.!.h~e~) .E0~ti2"~ ______________________ .I CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS PREF ISOLATE position. Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
COl.U.IENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 3 CUES:
.------------------------------------~
.EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the *
- right)" position." *
'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901.
- 1 ______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ .
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 Locates and verifies APN 1FA 19, ALT VIA XIT5901 is closed. SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed.
COiHJIENTS: SAT CVSAT lfonJoy, June n, 1009 Puge:; of8
STEP: 4 Cl'ES:
,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The ALT AC SOURCE ,
.Ble~k~ i~ill,th,!l ~I~e!! ~P£e!:r £O~iti2.n,,:, ____________________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE inverter front. Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position.
COJHIE,...,TS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 5 CUES:
,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The ,
.S.9Id.RfE_S§L§C.JC2..R §~tcb i~ ill,t,!s £O~ti2.n,,:, __________________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDA RD:
Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up After one minute. locates and places period. place the SOURCE SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position. LINE position.
COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 6 CUES:
,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS,
.S!"i~h..!s.T ,!tli~P2si!l0!:!;";,. __________________________ ..
CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS TO PREF position. Switch to BYP TO PREF position.
COil,IMENTS: SAT UNSAT I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 P"xe 6 /Jf8
- " n'ES:
.EVALUATOR STEP: 7 I------------------------------------~
CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This *
- is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and *
- s.2y.:T!l!sls~2t,llle_m2t~r~a2s.: _______________________
- CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
No Yes Verify the following: Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120
- a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. volts and frequency at 60 Hz.
- b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz.
COiUJ/E.VTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 8 CUES:
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The *
,I'1.A~. §.Y£:A§s..S~t£hls ~ ~isJ>O..:>i!!.?'!;." _____________________
- CR SEQ STEP STANDARD:
Yes Yes Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS NORMAL position. Switch to NORMAL position.
COl"tll*tENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP: 9 CUES:
- EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say *
,"!h2, S2'LRfE_SSl!:~C.r0_Rl'wltc.!! i~ir;.thls E,o~ti2.n ..: ________________
- CR SEQ STEP ST4NDARD:
Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to Locates and places SOURCE the OUTPUT position. SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position COMJtENTS: SAT UNS.1T Examiner ends JPM at this point.
If"",/a),. Jlllle n. 1009 Page '70/8
JPM SETUP SHEET JPP-207 JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION: RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET:
INSTRUCTIONS:
COMMENTS:
Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 8 of8
JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS:
SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS:
INITIAL CONDITION: The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open.
I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310.Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3.
r------------------------------------,
iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I
- PLANT EQUIPMENT! :
HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK.
\fonda),. June 11. 2009
SOP-310 REVISION 10
- o 1.1 o 1.2 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.
XMC 1DA2Y or DPN 1HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front.
o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.
o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.
o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed.
2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front.
02.2 After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position.
02.3 Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position.
2.4 Verify the following:
0 a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts.
- 0 02.5 02.6
- b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz.
Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position.
Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.
END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78